0% found this document useful (0 votes)
83 views244 pages

Transmisor de Presion Siemens P320 P420

Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
83 views244 pages

Transmisor de Presion Siemens P320 P420

Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 244

Getting started 1

Introduction 2
Safety information 3
SITRANS P Description 4
Installing/mounting 5
Pressure transmitter
SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS Connecting 6
PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus Operating 7
Operating Instructions Commissioning 8
Parameter assignment 9
Service and maintenance 10
Diagnostics and
troubleshooting 11
Technical data 12
Dimension drawings 13
Remote operation A
PROFIBUS communication B
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication C
Product documentation and
support D
Sealing plug / thread
adapter E
Abbreviations F
7MF03.1 (SITRANS P320 with PROFIBUS PA)
7MF03.2 (SITRANS P320 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
7MF04.1 (SITRANS P420 with PROFIBUS PA)
7MF04.2 (SITRANS P420 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus)

09/2021
A5E50228627-AB
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage
to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices
referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to
the degree of danger.

DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be
used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property
damage.
Qualified Personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.
Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and
avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical
documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or
approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance
are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient
conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication may
be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described.
Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the information in this
publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions.

Siemens AG Document order number: A5E50228627 Copyright © Siemens AG 2021.


Digital Industries Ⓟ 09/2021 Subject to change All rights reserved
Postfach 48 48
90026 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
Table of contents

1 Getting started .................................................................................................................................... 11


2 Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 13
2.1 Purpose of this documentation .......................................................................................... 13
2.2 Scope of validity of this document...................................................................................... 13
2.3 Document history .............................................................................................................. 13
2.4 Product compatibility ......................................................................................................... 14
2.5 Checking the consignment................................................................................................. 14
2.6 Security information .......................................................................................................... 14
2.7 Transportation and storage ................................................................................................ 15
2.8 Notes on warranty ............................................................................................................. 15
3 Safety information............................................................................................................................... 17
3.1 Precondition for use........................................................................................................... 17
3.1.1 Warning symbols on the device .......................................................................................... 17
3.1.2 Laws and directives ............................................................................................................ 17
3.1.3 Conformity with European directives .................................................................................. 18
3.1.4 Classification according to the pressure equipment directive ............................................... 18
3.2 Requirements for special applications................................................................................. 19
3.3 Use in hazardous areas....................................................................................................... 19
4 Description........................................................................................................................................... 23
4.1 Area of application............................................................................................................. 23
4.2 Structure ........................................................................................................................... 25
4.3 Nameplate layout............................................................................................................... 26
4.4 Tag plate............................................................................................................................ 28
4.5 Functional principle ........................................................................................................... 28
4.5.1 Electronics ......................................................................................................................... 29
4.5.2 Measuring cell ................................................................................................................... 30
4.5.2.1 Functional principle of the measuring cell .......................................................................... 30
4.5.2.2 Measuring cell for gauge pressure ...................................................................................... 31
4.5.2.3 Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush membrane................................................... 32
4.5.2.4 Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series ................................... 33
4.5.2.5 Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush membrane ............................................... 34
4.5.2.6 Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the differential pressure series ............................ 35
4.5.2.7 Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow rate .......................................................... 36
4.5.2.8 Measuring cell for level ...................................................................................................... 37
4.6 System configuration ......................................................................................................... 38

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 3
Table of contents

5 Installing/mounting ............................................................................................................................. 39
5.1 Basic safety instructions ..................................................................................................... 39
5.1.1 Installation location requirements ...................................................................................... 42
5.1.1.1 Devices with marine approval............................................................................................. 42
5.1.2 Proper mounting................................................................................................................ 43
5.2 Installation (except level) ................................................................................................... 43
5.3 Securing the device with mounting bracket ........................................................................ 45
5.4 Mounting hygienic version ................................................................................................. 47
5.5 Installation (level) .............................................................................................................. 47
5.5.1 Mounting on the container ................................................................................................ 49
5.6 Installation with remote seal .............................................................................................. 51
5.6.1 Remote seal with capillary line ........................................................................................... 53
5.7 Installing electrical connections and cable entries............................................................... 58
5.8 Rotating the display ........................................................................................................... 58
5.9 Rotating the enclosure ....................................................................................................... 60
5.10 Insert jumper ..................................................................................................................... 61
5.11 Removing .......................................................................................................................... 63
6 Connecting .......................................................................................................................................... 65
6.1 Basic safety instructions ..................................................................................................... 65
6.1.1 Incorrect measured values with incorrect grounding........................................................... 67
6.2 Connecting the device ....................................................................................................... 68
6.2.1 Opening the device............................................................................................................ 68
6.2.2 Connecting the device ....................................................................................................... 69
6.2.3 Closing the device.............................................................................................................. 70
6.3 Connect the Han cable socket to the cable.......................................................................... 71
6.4 Connect M12 cable socket to the cable............................................................................... 72
6.5 Switching on the supply voltage......................................................................................... 73
7 Operating............................................................................................................................................. 75
7.1 Buttons.............................................................................................................................. 75
7.2 Operating the device with display....................................................................................... 75
7.2.1 Navigating in the views ...................................................................................................... 75
7.2.2 Measurement view ............................................................................................................ 76
7.2.2.1 Display of measured values ................................................................................................ 77
7.2.2.2 Navigating in the measurement view ................................................................................. 77
7.2.3 Parameter view.................................................................................................................. 78
7.2.3.1 List of parameters on the display ........................................................................................ 78
7.2.3.2 Navigating in the parameter view....................................................................................... 79
7.2.4 Edit view............................................................................................................................ 80
7.2.4.1 Changing parameter values................................................................................................ 80
7.2.5 Device status display .......................................................................................................... 81
7.3 Locking the device ............................................................................................................. 81

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


4 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Table of contents

7.3.1 Enable write protection with jumper (only with PROFIBUS PA)............................................. 82
7.3.2 Enable user PIN.................................................................................................................. 82
7.3.3 Enabling button lock .......................................................................................................... 83
7.3.4 Write protection with "Write lock" parameter (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) ................................. 84
8 Commissioning .................................................................................................................................... 85
8.1 Basic safety instructions ..................................................................................................... 85
8.2 Commissioning the device (PROFIBUS PA)........................................................................... 86
8.3 Commissioning the device (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) ............................................................ 87
8.4 Application examples ......................................................................................................... 88
8.4.1 Gauge pressure, absolute pressure from differential pressure series, and absolute
pressure from gauge pressure series................................................................................... 88
8.4.1.1 Commissioning in gaseous environments ........................................................................... 88
8.4.1.2 Commissioning with steam or liquid................................................................................... 90
8.4.2 Differential pressure and flow rate ...................................................................................... 91
8.4.2.1 Commissioning in gaseous environments ........................................................................... 91
8.4.2.2 Commissioning for liquids .................................................................................................. 92
8.4.2.3 Commissioning with vapor................................................................................................. 94
9 Parameter assignment......................................................................................................................... 97
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display .................................................................. 97
9.1.1 Pressure units [01] ............................................................................................................. 97
9.1.1.1 Display of the pressure units............................................................................................... 98
9.1.1.2 Setting the pressure units................................................................................................... 99
9.1.2 Lower input scaling point [02].......................................................................................... 100
9.1.3 Upper input scaling point [03].......................................................................................... 100
9.1.4 Damping value [04] ......................................................................................................... 100
9.1.4.1 Set damping value ........................................................................................................... 101
9.1.5 Application [05]............................................................................................................... 101
9.1.5.1 Set application ................................................................................................................. 101
9.1.5.2 Operating principle .......................................................................................................... 102
9.1.5.3 Level measurement.......................................................................................................... 102
9.1.5.4 Volume and mass flow measurements.............................................................................. 104
9.1.5.5 Volume measurement...................................................................................................... 106
9.1.5.6 Characteristic curves ........................................................................................................ 108
9.1.6 Application point [06] ...................................................................................................... 108
9.1.7 Zero point adjustment [07] .............................................................................................. 109
9.1.7.1 Adjusting zero point (gauge pressure) .............................................................................. 109
9.1.7.2 Adjusting the zero point (differential pressure) ................................................................. 110
9.1.7.3 Adjusting zero point (absolute pressure)........................................................................... 111
9.1.8 Units [16] ........................................................................................................................ 112
9.1.8.1 Level units [16]................................................................................................................ 112
9.1.8.2 Volume units [16] ............................................................................................................ 112
9.1.8.3 Volume flow units [16] .................................................................................................... 113
9.1.8.4 Mass flow units [16] ........................................................................................................ 114
9.1.9 Temperature units [17] .................................................................................................... 115
9.1.10 Lower output scaling point [18] ....................................................................................... 115
9.1.11 Upper output scaling point [19] ....................................................................................... 116
9.1.12 Low flow cut-off [20] ....................................................................................................... 117
9.1.13 Vessel dimension A [21]................................................................................................... 117
9.1.14 Vessel dimension L [22] ................................................................................................... 118

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 5
Table of contents

9.1.15 Button lock [23]............................................................................................................... 118


9.1.15.1 Enabling button lock ........................................................................................................ 119
9.1.15.2 Disabling button lock ....................................................................................................... 119
9.1.16 Change user PIN [24] ....................................................................................................... 120
9.1.17 Recovery ID [25] .............................................................................................................. 121
9.1.17.1 Display Recovery ID.......................................................................................................... 121
9.1.18 PIN recovery [26] ............................................................................................................. 121
9.1.18.1 Recovering the user PIN ................................................................................................... 122
9.1.19 User PIN [27] ................................................................................................................... 123
9.1.19.1 Enable user PIN................................................................................................................ 123
9.1.19.2 Disable user PIN ............................................................................................................... 124
9.1.20 Display test [30]............................................................................................................... 124
9.1.21 Start view [32]................................................................................................................. 125
9.1.22 Pressure reference [33] .................................................................................................... 125
9.1.23 Reset [35] ........................................................................................................................ 126
9.1.23.1 Reset parameters ............................................................................................................. 126
9.1.23.2 Reset to sensor calibration ............................................................................................... 126
9.1.23.3 Restore ordered configuration .......................................................................................... 126
9.1.23.4 Restore factory settings.................................................................................................... 126
9.1.24 FW version [37] ............................................................................................................... 127
9.1.25 Configuration change counter [38]................................................................................... 127
9.1.26 Slave address [40]............................................................................................................ 127
9.1.27 GSD SELECT [41] ............................................................................................................. 127
9.1.27.1 Startup parameters .......................................................................................................... 128
9.1.28 Active GSD (General Station Description) [42] .................................................................. 129
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation .................................................................. 130
9.2.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................... 130
9.2.2 Quick start ....................................................................................................................... 130
9.2.3 Identification ................................................................................................................... 130
9.2.4 Totalizer........................................................................................................................... 131
9.2.5 Simulation ....................................................................................................................... 132
9.2.5.1 Simulate constant pressure values ................................................................................... 132
9.2.5.2 Simulate ramp function.................................................................................................... 133
9.2.5.3 Simulate diagnostics ........................................................................................................ 133
9.2.6 Customized characteristic curve ....................................................................................... 134
9.2.6.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................... 134
9.2.6.2 Custom unit parameter .................................................................................................... 134
9.2.6.3 Set customized characteristic curve .................................................................................. 135
9.2.7 Sensor calibration ............................................................................................................ 135
9.2.8 Diagnostics functions....................................................................................................... 137
9.2.8.1 Limit monitoring and event counter ................................................................................. 137
9.2.8.2 Trend log ......................................................................................................................... 141
9.2.8.3 Operating hours counter .................................................................................................. 142
10 Service and maintenance .................................................................................................................. 143
10.1 Basic safety instructions ................................................................................................... 143
10.2 Cleaning .......................................................................................................................... 144
10.2.1 Servicing the remote seal measuring system .................................................................... 144
10.3 Maintenance and repair work........................................................................................... 144
10.3.1 Defining the maintenance interval.................................................................................... 145
10.3.2 Checking the seals ........................................................................................................... 146

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


6 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Table of contents

10.3.3 Check cable glands .......................................................................................................... 146


10.4 Replacing spare parts ....................................................................................................... 147
10.4.1 Replacing electrical connections and cable entries ............................................................ 147
10.4.2 Replacing the display ....................................................................................................... 147
10.4.2.1 Removing the display ....................................................................................................... 147
10.4.2.2 Installing the display ........................................................................................................ 148
10.4.3 Replacing the termination board ...................................................................................... 149
10.5 Return procedure ............................................................................................................. 149
11 Diagnostics and troubleshooting....................................................................................................... 151
11.1 Device status symbols ...................................................................................................... 151
11.2 Diagnostic messages........................................................................................................ 153
11.3 FOUNDATION Fieldbus ..................................................................................................... 159
11.4 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................... 161
12 Technical data.................................................................................................................................... 163
12.1 Input ............................................................................................................................... 163
12.1.1 Gauge pressure................................................................................................................ 163
12.1.2 Gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm...................................................................... 164
12.1.3 Gauge pressure from the differential pressure series ......................................................... 165
12.1.4 Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series............................................................. 166
12.1.5 Absolute pressure with front-flush diaphragm .................................................................. 167
12.1.6 Absolute pressure from the differential pressure series...................................................... 168
12.1.7 Differential pressure and flow........................................................................................... 169
12.1.8 Level................................................................................................................................ 171
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320 ............................................................................... 172
12.2.1 Reference conditions........................................................................................................ 172
12.2.2 Effect of auxiliary power supply........................................................................................ 172
12.2.3 Gauge pressure................................................................................................................ 172
12.2.4 Gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm...................................................................... 173
12.2.5 Gauge pressure from the differential pressure series ......................................................... 174
12.2.6 Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series............................................................. 176
12.2.7 Absolute pressure with front-flush diaphragm .................................................................. 176
12.2.8 Absolute pressure from the differential pressure series...................................................... 177
12.2.9 Differential pressure and flow........................................................................................... 178
12.2.10 Level................................................................................................................................ 181
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420 ............................................................................... 182
12.3.1 Reference conditions........................................................................................................ 182
12.3.2 Effect of auxiliary power supply........................................................................................ 183
12.3.3 Gauge pressure................................................................................................................ 183
12.3.4 Gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm...................................................................... 184
12.3.5 Gauge pressure from the differential pressure series ........................................................ 185
12.3.6 Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series............................................................. 186
12.3.7 Absolute pressure with front-flush diaphragm .................................................................. 187
12.3.8 Absolute pressure from the differential pressure series...................................................... 188
12.3.9 Differential pressure and flow........................................................................................... 189
12.3.10 Level................................................................................................................................ 192
12.4 Operating conditions ....................................................................................................... 193

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 7
Table of contents

12.5 Vibration resistance ......................................................................................................... 198


12.6 Construction.................................................................................................................... 199
12.7 Torques ........................................................................................................................... 203
12.8 Display, keys and auxiliary power ..................................................................................... 204
12.9 Certificates and approvals................................................................................................. 204
13 Dimension drawings .......................................................................................................................... 211
13.1 SITRANS P320/P420 for gauge pressure and absolute pressure from the gauge pressure
series............................................................................................................................... 211
13.2 SITRANS P320/P420 for differential pressure, gauge pressure, flow and absolute pressure
from the differential pressure series.................................................................................. 213
13.3 SITRANS P 320/P420 for level ........................................................................................... 215
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush) ...................................................................................... 216
13.4.1 Note 3A and EHDG........................................................................................................... 217
13.4.2 Connections as per EN and ASME ..................................................................................... 217
13.4.3 F&B and pharma flange.................................................................................................... 218
13.4.4 PMC Style ........................................................................................................................ 220
13.4.5 Special connections ......................................................................................................... 221
A Remote operation .............................................................................................................................. 223
A.1 SIMATIC PDM ................................................................................................................... 223
A.1.1 Overview SIMATIC PDM .................................................................................................... 223
A.1.2 Check SIMATIC PDM version ............................................................................................. 223
A.1.3 Updating the Electronic Device Description (EDD) ............................................................. 224
B PROFIBUS communication ................................................................................................................. 225
B.1 PROFIBUS assembly guidelines ......................................................................................... 225
C FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication............................................................................................. 227
C.1 Resource Block................................................................................................................. 227
C.2 Pressure Transducer Block ................................................................................................ 227
C.3 Analog input function block ............................................................................................. 228
C.4 Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) Block....................................................................... 229
D Product documentation and support ................................................................................................ 233
D.1 Product documentation ................................................................................................... 233
D.2 Technical support............................................................................................................. 234
E Sealing plug / thread adapter ............................................................................................................ 235
E.1 Intended use of accessory part ......................................................................................... 235
E.2 Safety instructions for accessory part ............................................................................... 235
E.3 Technical specifications of accessory part ......................................................................... 236
E.4 Dimensional drawings for accessory part.......................................................................... 237

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


8 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Table of contents

F Abbreviations..................................................................................................................................... 239
Index .................................................................................................................................................. 241

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 9
Table of contents

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


10 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Getting started 1
Before you commission the device, observe the following safety notes:
• General safety information (Page 17)
• Basic safety information: Installing/mounting (Page 39)
• Basic safety information: Connecting (Page 65)
• Basic safety information: Commissioning (Page 85)
Read the entire device manual in order to achieve the optimum performance of the device.

Procedure
1. Mount the device.
Installation (level) (Page 47)
Installation (except level) (Page 43)
2. Connect the device.
Connecting the device (Page 69)
3. Switch on the supply voltage.
Switching on the supply voltage (Page 73)
4. To operate the buttons, open the button cover:

Figure 1-1 Top view

Navigating in the views (Page 75)


5. Commission the device.
Commissioning the device (PROFIBUS PA) (Page 86)
Commissioning the device (FOUNDATION Fieldbus) (Page 87)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 11
Getting started

6. If you want to change the factory settings, configure the device using the local or the remote
operation.
List of parameters on the display (Page 78)
Parameter assignment over remote operation (Page 130)
7. Lock the device if required.
Locking the device (Page 81)

See also
Diagnostic messages (Page 153)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


12 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Introduction 2
2.1 Purpose of this documentation
These instructions contain all information required to commission and use the device. Read the
instructions carefully prior to installation and commissioning. In order to use the device
correctly, first review its principle of operation.
The instructions are aimed at persons mechanically installing the device, connecting it
electronically, configuring the parameters and commissioning it, as well as service and
maintenance engineers.

2.2 Scope of validity of this document

Variant SITRANS P320 SITRANS P420


Gauge pressure 7MF030. 7MF040.
Gauge pressure from the differ‐ 7MF031. 7MF041.
ential pressure series
Absolute pressure from the 7MF032. 7MF042.
gauge pressure series
Absolute pressure from the differ‐ 7MF033. 7MF043.
ential pressure series
Differential pressure and flow 7MF034. 7MF044.
rate, MAWP 160 bar (2320 psi)
Differential pressure and flow 7MF035. 7MF045.
rate, MAWP 420 bar (6092 psi)
Level 7MF036. 7MF046.

Article number of the variants

2.3 Document history


The overview below summarizes the most important changes in the documentation when
compared to the previous edition.

Edition Note
09/2021 New variant of the device with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
01/2021 First edition

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 13
Introduction
2.6 Security information

2.4 Product compatibility


The following table describes the compatibility between the edition of this manual, the device
revision, the engineering system and the associated EDD.

Edition Comments Device revision Compatible version of device integration package


09/2021 New type of PROFIBUS PA SIMATIC PDM V9.0 or higher EDD: 1.00.00 or higher
communication FW: 1.00.05 or higher DTM Pactware V4.2 or higher
HW: 1.00.00 or higher
FOUNDATION Fieldbus SIMATIC PDM V9.1 or higher EDD: 1.00.00 or higher
FW: 1.00.08 or higher DTM Pactware V4.3 or higher
HW: 1.00.00 or higher AMS Trex Device Communica‐
tor
01/2021 Manual revised PROFIBUS PA SIMATIC PDM V9.0 or higher EDD: 1.00.00 or higher
FW: 1.00.05 or higher DTM Pactware V4.2 or higher
HW: 1.00.00 or higher

2.5 Checking the consignment


1. Check the packaging and the delivered items for visible damages.
2. Report any claims for damages immediately to the shipping company.
3. Retain damaged parts for clarification.
4. Check the scope of delivery by comparing your order to the shipping documents for
correctness and completeness.

WARNING
Using a damaged or incomplete device
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
• Do not use damaged or incomplete devices.

2.6 Security information


Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, systems, machines, and networks.
In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is necessary
to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security
concept. Siemens’ products and solutions form one element of such a concept.
Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized access to their plants, systems,
machines and networks. These systems, machines and components should only be connected
to the enterprise network or the Internet if and only to the extent necessary and with appropriate
security measures (firewalls and/or network segmentation) in place.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


14 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Introduction
2.8 Notes on warranty

You can find more information on protective measures in the area of industrial security by
visiting:
https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more secure.
Siemens strongly recommends performing product updates as soon as they are available and
using only the latest product versions. Use of product versions that are no longer supported, and
failure to apply latest updates may increase customer’s exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Security RSS Feed
under
https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
Download any type of software files (available updates such as EDD) only from secure sources
(e.g. SIOS Portal or SIEMENS page of product family).

2.7 Transportation and storage


To guarantee sufficient protection during transport and storage, observe the following:
• Keep the original packaging for subsequent transportation.
• Devices/replacement parts should be returned in their original packaging.
• If the original packaging is no longer available, ensure that all shipments are properly
packaged to provide sufficient protection during transport. Siemens cannot assume liability
for any costs associated with transportation damages.

NOTICE
Insufficient protection during storage
The packaging only provides limited protection against moisture and infiltration.
• Provide additional packaging as necessary.

Special conditions for storage and transportation of the device are listed in Technical data
(Page 163).

2.8 Notes on warranty


The contents of this manual shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement,
commitment or legal relationship. The sales contract contains all obligations on the part of
Siemens as well as the complete and solely applicable warranty conditions. Any statements
regarding device versions described in the manual do not create new warranties or modify the
existing warranty.
The content reflects the technical status at the time of publishing. Siemens reserves the right to
make technical changes in the course of further development.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 15
Introduction
2.8 Notes on warranty

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


16 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Safety information 3
3.1 Precondition for use
This device left the factory in good working condition. In order to maintain this status and to
ensure safe operation of the device, observe these instructions and all the specifications relevant
to safety.
Observe the information and symbols on the device. Do not remove any information or symbols
from the device. Always keep the information and symbols in a completely legible state.

3.1.1 Warning symbols on the device

Symbol Explanation
Consult operating instructions

3.1.2 Laws and directives


Observe the safety rules, provisions and laws applicable in your country during connection,
assembly and operation. These include, for example:
• National Electrical Code (NEC - NFPA 70) (USA)
• Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) (Canada)
Further provisions for hazardous area applications are for example:
• IEC 60079-14 (international)
• EN 60079-14 (EU)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 17
Safety information
3.1 Precondition for use

3.1.3 Conformity with European directives


The CE mark on the device is a sign of conformity with the following European directives:

Electromagnetic compatibility Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on the harmonization
EMC of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility
2014/30/EU
Atmosphère explosible ATEX Directive of the European Parliament and the Council on the harmonization of
2014/34/EU the laws of the Member States concerning equipment and protective systems
intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres
Pressure Equipment Directive PED Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on the harmonization
2014/68/EU of the laws of the Member States relating to the making available on the market
of pressure equipment
The directives applied can be found in the EU declaration of conformity for the associated device.

3.1.4 Classification according to the pressure equipment directive


• For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
• Only for devices with MAWP 420 bar (6092 psi):
For gases of Fluid Group 1 and liquids of Fluid Group 1; fulfills the basic safety requirements
as per article 3, Para 1 (appendix 1); classified as category III, module H conformity evaluation
by TÜV Nord

WARNING
Improper device modifications
Risk to personnel, system and environment can result from modifications to the device,
particularly in hazardous areas.
• Only carry out modifications that are described in the instructions for the device. Failure to
observe this requirement cancels the manufacturer's warranty and the product approvals.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


18 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Safety information
3.3 Use in hazardous areas

3.2 Requirements for special applications


Due to the large number of possible applications, each detail of the described device versions for
each possible scenario during commissioning, operation, maintenance or operation in systems
cannot be considered in the instructions. If you need additional information not covered by
these instructions, contact your local Siemens office or company representative.

Note
Operation under special ambient conditions
We highly recommend that you contact your Siemens representative or our application
department before you operate the device under special ambient conditions as can be
encountered in nuclear power plants or when the device is used for research and development
purposes.

DANGER
Using equipment with approval-related restrictions
Risk of explosion, damage to property due to operating conditions not in conformity with the
approval (e.g. temperature and pressure limits exceeded)
• Take note of the approval restrictions before using the device. You can find the information
on this in the current certificates.

See also
Product documentation (Page 233)

3.3 Use in hazardous areas

Qualified personnel for hazardous area applications


Persons who install, connect, commission, operate, and service the device in a hazardous area
must have the following specific qualifications:
• They are authorized, trained or instructed in operating and maintaining devices and systems
according to the safety regulations for electrical circuits, high pressures, aggressive, and
hazardous media.
• They are authorized, trained, or instructed in carrying out work on electrical circuits for
hazardous systems.
• They are trained or instructed in maintenance and use of appropriate safety equipment
according to the pertinent safety regulations.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 19
Safety information
3.3 Use in hazardous areas

WARNING
Use in hazardous area
Risk of explosion.
• Only use equipment that is approved for use in the intended hazardous area and labeled
accordingly.
• Do not use devices that have been operated outside the conditions specified for hazardous
areas. If you have used the device outside the conditions for hazardous areas, make all Ex
markings unrecognizable on the nameplate.

See also
Technical data (Page 163)

WARNING
Loss of safety of device with type of protection "Intrinsic safety Ex i"
If the device or its components have already been operated in non-intrinsically safe circuits or
the electrical specifications have not been observed, the safety of the device is no longer
ensured for use in hazardous areas. There is a risk of explosion.
• Connect the device with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" solely to an intrinsically safe
circuit.
• Observe the specifications for the electrical data on the certificate and/or in Technical data
(Page 163).

WARNING
Use of incorrect device parts in potentially explosive environments
Devices and their associated device parts are either approved for different types of protection
or they do not have explosion protection. There is a risk of explosion if device parts (such as
covers) are used for devices with explosion protection that are not expressly suited for this type
of protection. If you do not adhere to these guidelines, the test certificates and the
manufacturer warranty will become null and void.
• Use only device parts that have been approved for the respective type of protection in the
potentially explosive environment. Covers that are not suited for the "explosion-proof" type
of protection are identified as such by a notice label attached to the inside of the cover with
"Not Ex d Not SIL".
• Do not swap device parts unless the manufacturer specifically ensures compatibility of
these parts.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


20 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Safety information
3.3 Use in hazardous areas

WARNING
Use of the device with intrinsic safety "Ex i" type of protection in a polluted environment.
If you open the device on the display side, there is a risk of pollution. The safety of the device
for use in hazardous areas is therefore no longer guaranteed. There is a danger of explosion.
• Ensure that the environment is clean before rotating or replacing the display.

WARNING
Incorrect material for the diaphragm in Zone 0
Risk of explosion in the hazardous area. If operated with intrinsically safe supply devices of
category "ib" or devices of the flameproof enclosure version "Ex d" and simultaneous use in
Zone 0, pressure transmitter explosion protection depends on the tightness of the diaphragm.
• Ensure that the material used for the diaphragm is suitable for the process medium. Refer
to the information in the section "Technical data (Page 163)".

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 21
Safety information
3.3 Use in hazardous areas

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


22 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description 4
4.1 Area of application
Depending on the variant, the pressure transmitter measures corrosive, non-corrosive and
hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
You can use the pressure transmitter for the following measuring tasks:
• Gauge pressure
• Absolute pressure
• Differential pressure
With the appropriate configuration and the necessary add-on parts (e.g. limiters and remote
seals), you can also use the pressure transmitter for the following measuring tasks:
• Level
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Volume
• Customized characteristic curve
The output signal for all measuring tasks is a direct current of 4 to 20 mA or a process-based,
digital signal (e.g. with PROFIBUS PA).
You can install the "intrinsically-safe" or "flameproof enclosure" version of the pressure
transmitter in hazardous areas. The devices have a test certification and comply with the
corresponding directives.
Pressure transmitters with remote seals of various shapes can be provided for special
applications. For example, measuring high-viscosity substances is a special application.
Operate the device in accordance with the specifications in section Technical data (Page 163).

Gauge pressure
This version measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
There are two series: a "differential pressure" series and a "gauge pressure" series. The
"differential pressure" series is distinguished by a high overload capability.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 23
Description
4.1 Area of application

Differential pressure and flow


This version measures corrosive, non-corrosive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids. You
can use this version for the following measurement types:
• Differential pressure, e.g. effective differential pressure
• Gauge pressure, suitable for small positive or negative pressure value
• Together with a primary element

Level
This version with mounting flange measures the level of non-corrosive, corrosive and hazardous
liquids in open and closed containers.
The nominal size of the mounting flange is DN 40 to DN 125 or 1 1/2" to 5".
The negative connection of the measuring cell is kept open when measuring the level of open
containers. This measurement is referred to as "measurement against atmosphere". The
negative connection is normally connected with the container when measuring the level of
closed containers. This means the static pressure is present at both ends.
Wetted parts are made of various materials, depending on corrosion resistance requirements.

Absolute pressure
This version measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases,
vapors and liquids.
There are two series: a "differential pressure" series and a "gauge pressure" series. The
"differential pressure" series is distinguished by a high overload capability.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


24 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description
4.2 Structure

4.2 Structure
Depending on the customer-specific order, the device comprises different parts.





  


 




 

① Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information ⑨ Locking screw for the cover over the buttons
② Cover with glass pane (optional) ⑩ Cover (rear) for electrical terminal compart‐
ment
③ Display (optional) ⑪ Electrical terminal compartment
④ Safety catch (front) ⑫ Safety catch (back)
⑤ Retaining screw for locking the enclosure (Page 60) ⑬ Ground terminal
⑥ Process connection ⑭ Nameplate with information on the remote
seal
⑦ Nameplate with approval information ⑮ Blanking plug
⑧ Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland
Figure 4-1 Example

• The electronics enclosure is made of die cast aluminum or precision cast stainless steel.
• The housing has a removable cover at the front and the back.
• Depending on the device version, the front cover ② may be designed with a glass pane.
• The cable gland ⑧ to the electrical terminal compartment is at the side; either the left or
right-hand one can be used. The unused opening is closed with a blanking plug ⑮.
• The ground terminal ⑬ is located on the side.
• The electrical terminal compartment ⑪ for the supply voltage and shield is accessible when
you remove the back cover ⑩.
• The measuring cell with a process connection ⑥ is located in the lower section of the
enclosure.
The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a retaining screw ⑤.
• The cover of the 4 buttons① is located on the upper face of the enclosure. The nameplate
with general information is located on the cover.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 25
Description
4.3 Nameplate layout

4.3 Nameplate layout

Nameplate with general information


The nameplate with the article number and other important information, such as design details
and technical data, is located on the cover over the buttons.

Example

  





 




 

① Article number (MLFB number) ⑦ Permitted ambient temperature for the


hazardous area of the corresponding tem‐
perature class
② Firmware and hardware identity ⑧ Maximum permissible operating pressure /
maximum permissible test pressure
③ QR code to the mobile website with device-spe‐ ⑨ Minimum/maximum measuring span
cific information
④ Conformity with country-specific directives ⑩ Material: Connection, diaphragm, O-ring,
oil
⑤ Note operating instructions, certificates and ap‐ ⑪ Serial number
provals
⑥ Protection class ⑫ Order supplement (order code)

Nameplate with approval information


The nameplate with approval information is located on the front of the enclosure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


26 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description
4.3 Nameplate layout

Examples

,,*([LD,,&77*D*E

D E F G H

1a Characteristics of the hazardous area


1b Type of protection
1c Group (gas, dust)
1d Maximum surface temperature (temperature class)
1e Device protection level
Figure 4-2 Example ATEX

Figure 4-3 Example FM

Nameplate with information on the remote seals


The nameplate with information on the remote seals is located on the back of the enclosure.

Example

 


Siemens AG
OPER. TEMP: -40-85°C
DIAPRHAGM SEALS SANDWICH TYPE VACCUM SERVICE: NO | OXYGEN≤60°;≤50bar DE-76181
 (1P) 7MF0800-1A A11-01 A0-Z NOMI SIZE/PRES: 4"EXTENSION 2"CLASS 600 Karlsruhe
C11+C12+E80 FILLING LIQUID: FOOD GRADE OIL (FDA GRADE) Assembled in Canada
S N1J6129120109 WETTED MAT: DIAPH+FLAN DUPLEX, 1.4462 Components of France


  
 

① Diaphragm remote seals of sandwich type ⑦ Nominal diameter/nominal pressure: 4", 50 mm tube
length, CLASS 600
② Article number (MLFB number) ⑧ Filling liquid: Food grade oil (FDA-compliant)
③ Order supplement (order code) ⑨ Wetted materials: Diaphragm duplex, 1.4462
④ Serial number ⑩ QR code for mobile website with device-specific informa‐
tion
⑤ Operating temperature ⑪ Assembly and manufacturing location
⑥ Vacuum service: no, oxygen ≤ 60 °C; ≤ 50 bar

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 27
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.4 Tag plate


The tag plate is fastened with a wire under the front cover.

ID number of the special design

Y99: 1234

Long tag (TAG)


Measuring point description

4.5 Functional principle


This chapter describes how the pressure transmitter works.
First the electronics are described, and then the physical principle of the sensors which are used
with the various device versions for the individual measurement types.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


28 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.1 Electronics

((3520

  

),(/'%86
$ &RPPXQLFDWLRQLQWHUIDFH
' & &
DQGVXSSO\YROWDJH


6HQVRU ((3520

6HQVRUHOHFWURQLFV 7UDQVPLWWHUHOHFWURQLFV

① Measuring cell sensor


② Measuring amplifier
③ Analog-to-digital converter
④ Microcontroller
⑤ Buttons
⑥ Display

• The inlet pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the sensor ①.


• This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier ② and digitized in an analog-to-digital
converter.
• The digital signal is analyzed in a microcontroller ④ and corrected with regard to linearity
and thermal characteristics.
• Thereafter, the digital signal is made available via the communications interface (also
referred to as "output signal" below).
• The measuring cell-specific data, electronics data and parameter assignment data are saved
in two EEPROM modules. The first EEPROM module is linked to the measuring cell, the second
EEPROM module to the electronics.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 29
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2 Measuring cell

4.5.2.1 Functional principle of the measuring cell


The following modes of operation are described:
• Gauge pressure
• Absolute pressure
• Differential pressure and flow
• Level
The following process connections are available, for example:
• G1/2 B, 1/2-14 NPT
• Male thread: M20
• Flange connection in accordance with EN 61518
• Flush-mounted process connections
In the following sections, the process variable to be measured is generally called inlet pressure.

WARNING
Destruction of the seal diaphragm
Danger of injury or damage to device
If the seal membrane is destroyed, the sensor may also be destroyed. If the seal membrane is
destroyed, no reliable measured values can be output.
Hot, toxic and corrosive process media can be released.
• Ensure that the material of the device parts wetted by the process medium is suitable for the
medium. Refer to the information in section Technical data (Page 163).
• Make sure that the device is suitable for the maximum operating pressure of your system.
Refer to the information on the nameplate and/or in Technical data (Page 163).
• Define maintenance intervals for regular inspections in line with device use and empirical
values. The maintenance intervals will vary from site to site depending on corrosion
resistance.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


30 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2.2 Measuring cell for gauge pressure





SH
① Reference pressure opening ⑤ Filling liquid
② Measuring cell ⑥ Gauge pressure sensor
③ Process connection pe Inlet pressure
④ Seal diaphragm
Figure 4-4 Function chart of measuring cell for gauge pressure

The inlet pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sensor ⑥ via the seal diaphragm ④
and the fill fluid ⑤, displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes the
resistance of the four piezoresistors (bridge circuit) of the gauge pressure sensor. The change in
the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the inlet pressure.
Pressure transmitters with measuring span ≤ 63 bar measure the inlet pressure against
atmosphere, those with measuring spans ≥ 160 bar the inlet pressure against vacuum.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 31
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2.3 Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush membrane





SH
① Reference pressure opening ⑤ Filling liquid
② Measuring cell ⑥ Gauge pressure sensor
③ Process connection pe Inlet pressure
④ Seal diaphragm
Figure 4-5 Function chart of the measuring cell for gauge pressure, flush mounted diaphragm

The inlet pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sensor ⑥ via the seal diaphragm ④
and the filling liquid ⑤, displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes the
resistance of the four piezoresistors (bridge circuit) of the gauge pressure sensor. The change in
the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the inlet pressure.
Pressure transmitters with measuring span ≤ 63 bar measure the inlet pressure against
atmosphere, those with measuring spans ≥ 160 bar the inlet pressure against vacuum.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


32 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2.4 Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series




SH 

① Measuring cell ④ Filling liquid


② Process connection ⑤ Absolute pressure sensor
③ Seal diaphragm Pe Inlet pressure
Figure 4-6 Function chart of measuring cell for absolute pressure

• The inlet pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure sensor ⑤ via the seal
diaphragm ③ and the fill fluid ④, displacing its measuring diaphragm.
• The displacement changes the resistance of the four piezoresistors (bridge circuit) of the
absolute pressure sensor.
• The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the inlet
pressure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 33
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2.5 Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush membrane




SH 

① Measuring cell ④ Filling liquid


② Process connection ⑤ Absolute pressure sensor
③ Seal diaphragm pe Inlet pressure
Figure 4-7 Function chart of the measuring cell for absolute pressure, flush mounted diaphragm

• The inlet pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure sensor ⑤ via the seal
diaphragm ③ and the filling liquid ④, and displaces its measuring diaphragm.
• The displacement changes the resistance of the four piezoresistors (bridge circuit) of the
absolute pressure sensor.
• The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the inlet
pressure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


34 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2.6 Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the differential pressure series

 SH



   

① Pressure cap ⑥ Overload diaphragm


② Seal diaphragm on the measuring cell ⑦ Measuring cell filling liquid
③ O-ring ⑧ Reference pressure
④ Measuring cell body pe Pressure input variable
⑤ Absolute pressure sensor
Figure 4-8 Function chart of measuring cell for absolute pressure

• Absolute pressure is transmitted to the absolute pressure sensor ⑤ through the seal
diaphragm ② and the filling liquid ⑦.
• When measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm ⑥ is displaced until the seal
diaphragm ② rests on the measuring cell body ④. The seal diaphragm thus protects the
absolute pressure sensor ⑤ from overload.
• The difference between the inlet pressure (pe) and the reference pressure ⑧ on the negative
side of the measuring cell displaces the seal diaphragm ②. The displacement changes the
resistance of the four piezoresistors (bridge circuit) of the absolute pressure sensor.
• The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the absolute
pressure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 35
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2.7 Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow rate

 
 




  

① Inlet pressure P+ ⑥ Filling liquid


② Pressure cap ⑦ Seal diaphragm
③ O-ring ⑧ Inlet pressure P-
④ Measuring cell body ⑨ Differential pressure sensor
⑤ Overload diaphragm
Figure 4-9 Function chart of the measuring cell for differential pressure and flow rate

• Differential pressure is transmitted to the differential pressure sensor ⑨ through the seal
diaphragms ⑦ and the filling liquid ⑥.
• When measuring limits are exceeded, the seal diaphragm ⑦ is displaced until the seal
diaphragm rests on the measuring cell body ④. The differential pressure sensor ⑨ is thus
protected against overloading since no further deflection of the overload diaphragm ⑤ is
possible.
• The seal diaphragm ⑦ is displaced by the differential pressure. The displacement changes
the resistance of the four piezoresistors (bridge circuit) of the differential pressure sensor.
• The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the differential
pressure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


36 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Description
4.5 Functional principle

4.5.2.8 Measuring cell for level

  

 

3 3


 

 

P Input pressure P+ and P- ⑥ Filling liquid of the measuring cell


① Seal diaphragm on the measuring cell ⑦ Seal diaphragm on the measuring cell
② O-ring ⑧ Capillary tube with the filling liquid of the mount‐
ing flange
③ Differential pressure sensor ⑨ Flange with a tube
④ Measuring cell body ⑩ Seal diaphragm on the mounting flange
⑤ Overload diaphragm
Figure 4-10 Function chart of the measuring cell for level

• The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) works hydraulically on the measuring cell through
the seal diaphragm ⑨ on the mounting flange.
• The differential pressure at the measuring cell is transmitted to the differential pressure
sensor ③ through the seal diaphragms ① and the filling liquid ⑥.
• When measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm ⑤ is displaced until one of the
seal diaphragms ⑦ or ⑩ rests on the measuring cell body ④. The seal diaphragms ⑦ thus
protect the differential pressure sensor ③ from overload.
• The seal diaphragm ⑦ is displaced by the differential pressure. The displacement changes
the resistance of the four doped piezoresistors in the bridge circuit.
• The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the differential
pressure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 37
Description
4.6 System configuration

4.6 System configuration


The device can be used in a number of system configurations.

Operator panel Maintenance Engineering


Station Station

Ethernet

S7-400 S7-400 S7-400H S7-410

HART

PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA PROFINET


HART

FOUNDATION
Fieldbus

Figure 4-11 Example: SIMATIC S7

Communication via PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


You can configure and operate the device via PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus. For this,
you need:
• PA Link or FF Link to the gateway between PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus to the
PROFIBUS DP
• Control system, e.g. SIMATIC PCS 7 Automation System, which communicates over PROFIBUS
• Engineering station, SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) which communicates over
Industrial Ethernet

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


38 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting 5
5.1 Basic safety instructions

DANGER
Pressure applications
Danger to personnel, system and environment will result from improper disassembly.
• Never attempt to loosen, remove, or disassemble process connection while vessel contents
are under pressure.

WARNING
Wetted parts unsuitable for the process media
Risk of injury or damage to device.
Hot, toxic and corrosive media could be released if the wetted parts are unsuitable for the
process medium.
• Ensure that the material of the device parts wetted by the process medium is suitable for the
medium. Refer to the information in Technical data (Page 163).

WARNING
Unsuitable connecting parts
Risk of injury or poisoning.
In case of improper mounting, hot, toxic, and corrosive process media could be released at the
connections.
• Ensure that connecting parts (such as flange gaskets and bolts) are suitable for connection
and process media.

WARNING
Exceeded maximum permissible operating pressure
Risk of injury or poisoning.
The maximum permissible operating pressure depends on the device version, pressure limit
and temperature rating. The device can be damaged if the operating pressure is exceeded. Hot,
toxic and corrosive process media could be released.
Ensure that maximum permissible operating pressure of the device is not exceeded. Refer to
the information on the nameplate and/or in Technical data (Page 163).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 39
Installing/mounting
5.1 Basic safety instructions

WARNING
Incorrect material for the diaphragm in Zone 0
Risk of explosion in the hazardous area. If operated with intrinsically safe supply devices of
category "ib" or devices of the flameproof enclosure version "Ex d" and simultaneous use in
Zone 0, pressure transmitter explosion protection depends on the tightness of the diaphragm.
• Ensure that the material used for the diaphragm is suitable for the process medium. Refer
to the information in the section "Technical data (Page 163)".

WARNING
Loss of safety for devices with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas. An explosion may be caused by hot gas escaping from the
flameproof enclosure if there is too little space between it and fixed parts (e.g. walls, pipes).
• Ensure that there is a minimum clearance of at least 40 mm between the flameproof joints
and the fixed parts.

 

① Flameproof joint

WARNING
Using safety extra-low voltage for devices of the protection type "db", "ec", "tb" or "tc"
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
• Disconnect the non-intrinsically safe circuit safely from ground, e.g. using an SELV circuit.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


40 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.1 Basic safety instructions

WARNING
Vibrations in the plant
Risk of injury or damage to device.
Vibration leads to material fatigue, for example, cracks and weld seams breaks.
Hot, toxic and corrosive process media can emerge.
• Make sure that you have mounted the pressure transmitter (including accessories)
protected against vibration.
Refer to the information on vibration resistance in the section Technical specifications
(Page 163).

CAUTION
Hot surfaces resulting from hot process media
Risk of burns resulting from surface temperatures above 65 °C (149 °F).
• Take appropriate protective measures, for example contact protection.
• Make sure that protective measures do not cause the maximum permissible ambient
temperature to be exceeded. Refer to the information in Technical data (Page 163).

CAUTION
External stresses and loads
Damage to device by severe external stresses and loads (e.g. thermal expansion or pipe
tension). Process media can be released.
• Prevent severe external stresses and loads from acting on the device.

Note
Material compatibility
Siemens can provide you with support concerning selection of sensor components wetted by
process media. However, you are responsible for the selection of components. Siemens accepts
no liability for faults or failures resulting from incompatible materials.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 41
Installing/mounting
5.1 Basic safety instructions

5.1.1 Installation location requirements

WARNING
Insufficient air supply
The device may overheat if there is an insufficient supply of air.
• Install the device so that there is sufficient air supply in the room.
• Observe the maximum permissible ambient temperature. Refer to the information in the
section Technical data (Page 163).

NOTICE
Aggressive atmospheres
Damage to device through penetration of aggressive vapors.
• Ensure that the device is suitable for the application.

NOTICE
Direct sunlight
Increased measuring errors.
• Protect the device from direct sunlight.
Make sure that the maximum ambient temperature is not exceeded. Refer to the information
in the section Technical data (Page 163).

5.1.1.1 Devices with marine approval

Note
For vibrations in the direction of the measuring cell diaphragm, the measuring accuracy of the
pressure transmitter with flush-mounted diaphragm can deviate no more than 0.2% from the
respective specification.
• Install the device so that no or almost no vibrations occur in the direction of the diaphragms.
• To avoid measuring values that fluctuate strongly, use the damping function.
For information on vibration resistance, refer to the marine approval certificate.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


42 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.2 Installation (except level)

5.1.2 Proper mounting

WARNING
Incorrect mounting at Zone 0
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
• Ensure sufficient tightness at the process connection.
• Observe the standard IEC/EN 60079-14.

NOTICE
Incorrect mounting
The device can be damaged, destroyed, or its functionality impaired through improper
mounting.
• Before installing ensure there is no visible damage to the device.
• Make sure that process connectors are clean, and suitable gaskets and glands are used.
• Mount the device using suitable tools. Refer to the information in Technical data (Page 163).

NOTICE
Use of line and cable entries made of plastic in hazardous areas
Device damage caused by impact at temperatures below -20 °C.
• Make sure that the line and cable entries are protected from impacts.

5.2 Installation (except level)

Before you mount the device


• Compare the operating data with the data on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter.
• Observe the minimum and maximum permissible ambient and medium temperature limits
also under the influence of convection and heat radiation.
• Note the effect of the ambient temperature on the measuring accuracy in the
section Technical data (Page 163).
• For remote seal mounting, observe the notes in the section "Mounting with remote seal" of
the operating instructions.

Mounting location
Verify that the mounting location meets the following conditions:
• Accessible
• Close to the measuring point

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 43
Installing/mounting
5.2 Installation (except level)

• Vibration-free
• Within the permitted ambient temperature values
Protect the pressure transmitter from:
• Direct heat radiation
• Sudden temperature fluctuations
• Heavy contamination
• Mechanical damage
• Direct sunlight

Procedure
1. Select the arrangement of the pressure transmitter depending on the aggregate state of the
medium.

Gas Vapor or liquid


Above the pressure sampling point Below the pressure sampling point
Lay the pressure line with a constant gradient to Lay the pressure line with a constant gradient to
the pressure sampling point, so that any conden‐ the pressure sampling point so that any gas pock‐
sation produced can drain in the main line and ets can escape in the main line.
thereby avoid corruption of the measured values.

2. Attach the pressure transmitter to the process connection.


Use an appropriate tool (e.g. open-ended wrench with width across flats 36). Otherwise, the
measuring cell may be damaged.
3. Turn only on the key area above the process connection.
Caution: If you turn the pressure transmitter on the housing, the measuring cell may be
damaged.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


44 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.3 Securing the device with mounting bracket

4. For insulated systems, ensure that you insulate the device as far as possible to the lower edge
of the enclosure.
In this way, you avoid a defect in the device or the loss of explosion protection for Ex devices.
You can find the permissible temperature values in the section Technical data (Page 163).

0D[

5. To guarantee secure and vibration-free installation of the pressure transmitter, fasten it to a


mounting bracket (Page 45).

Level
You can find details on how to mount the device with level in the section Installation (level)
(Page 47).

5.3 Securing the device with mounting bracket


Here you have the following mounting options with the mounting bracket:
• On a mounting range
• On a vertical or horizontal pipe (Ø 50 to 60 mm), according to the examples 1 and 2

Safety notes

NOTICE
Mounting with differential pressure lines
Differential pressure lines can break if they are not mounted correctly.
• Install the device so that the pressure transmitter and the differential pressure lines are not
subject to different vibrations.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 45
Installing/mounting
5.3 Securing the device with mounting bracket

NOTICE
Use of mounting bracket in maritime applications
Device damages in case of vibration
• Secure the mounting bracket as shown in the figures.

Note
When securing the mounting bracket, observe the torques in the section Torques (Page 203).

Example 1: Pipe mounting of pressure transmitter (gauge pressure series)

Example 2: Pipe mounting of pressure transmitter (differential pressure series)


The following positions are possible:

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


46 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.5 Installation (level)

5.4 Mounting hygienic version


To avoid formation of steam, mount the pressure transmitter as follows, for example:

Figure 5-1 Correct installation

Figure 5-2 Incorrect installation

• Ensure that the length of the dead space at the end of the process connection is smaller than
its diameter.
• To ensure optimal cleaning of the process plant, install the process connection without offset
(flush-mounted on inside) in the plant.
You can find additional information in the EHEDG Guidelines No. 10 and No. 37.

5.5 Installation (level)

Before you mount the device


• Compare the operating data with the data on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter.
• Observe the minimum and maximum permissible ambient and medium temperature limits
also under the influence of convection and heat radiation.
• Note the effect of the ambient temperature on the measuring accuracy in the
section Technical data (Page 163).
• For remote seal mounting, observe the notes in the section "Mounting with remote seal" of
the operating instructions.

Mounting location
Verify that the mounting location meets the following conditions:
• Accessible
• Close to the measuring point

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 47
Installing/mounting
5.5 Installation (level)

• Vibration-free
• Within the permitted ambient temperature values
Protect the pressure transmitter from:
• Direct heat radiation
• Rapid temperature fluctuations
• Heavy contamination
• Mechanical damage
• Direct sunlight

Note
Select the height of the mounting flange such that the pressure transmitter is always mounted
below the lowest fill height to be measured.

Procedure
1. Attach the seal to the container's mating flange.
Ensure that the seal is centrally positioned and that it does not restrict the movement of the
flange's seal diaphragm in any way. Otherwise, the seal of the process connection is not
guaranteed to be tight.
2. Screw on the pressure transmitter's flange.
3. Observe the installation position.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


48 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.5 Installation (level)

5.5.1 Mounting on the container

Mounting on open container

8SSHUUDQJHYDOXH

K2
/RZHUUDQJHYDOXH

K8

Formula
pMA = ρ · g · hU
pME = ρ · g · hO
hU Lower filling level pLRV Lower range value
hO Upper filling level pURV Upper range value
p Pressure ρ Density of the measured medium in the container
g Acceleration due to gravity

A line is not required when taking measurements in an open container because the low pressure
side is connected to the atmosphere.
Ensure that no dirt enters the open connection ports. To this end, use a threaded plug with vent
valve 7MF4997-1CP, for example.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 49
Installing/mounting
5.5 Installation (level)

Mounting on the closed container (no or little condensate formation)

*DVILOOHGQHJDWLYH
SUHVVXUHOLQH

0D[LPXPOHYHO

8SSHUUDQJHYDOXH

/RZHUUDQJHYDOXH
K2
K8

3UHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU
UHIHUHQFHOLQH

Formula
pMA = ρ · g · hU
pME = ρ · g · hO
hU Lower filling level pLRV Lower range value
hO Upper filling level pURV Upper range value
p Pressure ρ Density of the measured medium in the container
g Acceleration due to gravity

When taking measurements in a closed container without or with little condensate formation,
the low pressure line is not filled.
Lay the line in such a way that condensation pockets do not form. If required, you need to install
a condensation container below the low pressure line of the pressure transmitter.
The process connection on the low pressure side is a female thread 1/4-18 NPT or an oval flange.
Lay the line for the low pressure using a seamless steel tube 12 mm x 1.5 mm.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


50 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.6 Installation with remote seal

Mounting on closed container (heavy condensate formation)

&RQVWDQW
&RPSDULVRQ
OHYHO
0D[LPXPOHYHO

8SSHUUDQJHYDOXH /LTXLGILOOHG
QHJDWLYHSUHVVXUHOLQH

/RZHUUDQJHYDOXH KY
'
K2

K8

3UHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU -
UHIHUHQFHOLQH

Formula
PMA = g · (hU · ρ- hV · ρ')
PMA = g · (hO · ρ- hV · ρ')
hU Lower filling level pLRV Lower range value
hO Upper filling level pURV Upper range value
hV Gland distance ρ Density of the measured medium in the container
p Pressure ρ' Density of fluid in the low pressure line corresponds to the
prevailing temperature there
g Acceleration due to gravity

When taking measurements in a closed container with strong condensate formation, you must
fill the low pressure line (mostly with the condensate of the measured medium) and install a
condensate pot.
Lock the device using the 2-way valve manifold 7MF9017-..A.
To compensate the liquid column on the low pressure side, reset the zero point.

5.6 Installation with remote seal

General information
• Keep the measuring system in the factory packing until it is installed in order to protect it from
mechanical damage.
• When removing from the factory packing and installing: ensure that damage to and
mechanical deformations in the membrane are prevented.
• Never loosen the sealed filling screws on the remote seal and the measuring instrument.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 51
Installing/mounting
5.6 Installation with remote seal

• Do not cause damage to the remote separating membrane; scratches on the remote
separating membrane, e.g. due to sharp-edged objects, are the main starting points for
corrosion.
• Select suitable gaskets for sealing.
• Use a gasket having an adequately large inner diameter for flanging. Insert the gasket
concentrically; contact with the membrane leads to deviations in measurements.
• When using gaskets made of soft materials or PTFE: follow the guidelines of the gasket
manufacturer, especially regarding the tightening torque and setting cycles.
• At the time of installation, use suitable fastening components such as screws and nuts that
are compliant with fitting and flange standards.
• Excessive tightening of screwed joints on the process connection may displace the zero point
on the pressure transmitter.
Note
Commissioning
When a shut-off valve exists, open the shut-off valve slowly when commissioning to avoid
pressure surges.

Note
Permissible ambient and operating temperatures
• Observe the minimum and maximum permissible ambient and medium temperature
limits also under the influence of convection and heat radiation.
• Note the effect of the ambient temperature on the measuring accuracy in the
section Technical data (Page 163).
• The material and the pressure rating of the fittings and flange components must be
suitable for the pressure and the temperature of your plant (or measuring arrangement).
• The pressure rating specified on the remote seal is specified to reference conditions
according to IEC 62828.

Using remote seals with pressure measuring device for hazardous areas:
• When using remote seals with pressure transmitters in hazardous areas, the permissible
ambient temperature limits for the pressure transmitter must not be exceeded. Hot surfaces
on the cooling section (capillaries or cooling elements) are a possible source of ignition.
Initiate suitable measures.
• When remote seals with a flame arrestor are used, the pressure measuring instrument
determines the permissible ambient temperature. In the case of potentially explosive
gaseous atmosphere, the temperature around the flame arrestor must not exceed +60 °C.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


52 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.6 Installation with remote seal

5.6.1 Remote seal with capillary line

General information
• Do not transport the measuring assembly (pressure transmitter, flange and capillary line) by
holding the capillary line.
• Do not bend the capillary lines. Otherwise there may be a leakage risk and the set-up time of
the measuring system is increased.
• A mechanical overload at the connection points between capillary line and remote seal or
between capillary line and pressure transmitter will lead to potential bending or breaking.
• Wind capillary lines that are too long with a radius of at least 300 mm.
• Fasten the capillary line such that there are no vibrations.

Installation type for gauge pressure and level measurements (open containers)

Installation type A: Pressure transmitter above the measuring point

+
+R

+X +

Formula
pMA = ρFL * g * HU - ρoil * g * H1
pURV = ρFL * g * HO - ρoil * g * H1
pLRV Lower range value
pURV Upper range value
ρFL Density of the medium in the container
ρoil Density of the filling oil in the capillary line of the remote seal
g Acceleration due to gravity
HU Lower filling level
HO Upper filling level
H1 Distance container flange to pressure transmitter
• In the case of remote seal measuring systems with silicone, glycerin or paraffin oil filling, the
height difference (H1max) is ≤ 7 m.
• If halocarbon oil is used as the filling liquid, this maximum height difference is only ≤ 4 m.
• If a negative overpressure is observed during measurements, reduce the permissible height
difference.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 53
Installing/mounting
5.6 Installation with remote seal

Installation type B: Pressure transmitter below the measuring point

+
+R

+X

+

Formula
pMA = ρFL * g * HU + ρoil * g * H1
pME = ρFL * g * HO + ρoil * g * H1
pLRV Start of scale value
pURV Full-scale value
ρFL Density of the process medium in the container
ρoil Density of the filling oil in the capillary line of the remote seal
g Acceleration due to gravity
HU Lower filling level
HO Upper filling level
H1 Distance container flange to pressure transmitter
• In the case of remote seal measuring systems with silicone, glycerin or paraffin oil filling, the
height difference (H1max) is ≤ 7 m.
• If halocarbon oil is used as the filling liquid, this maximum height difference is only ≤ 4 m.

Installation types for absolute pressure measurements (closed containers)


For absolute pressure measurements (vacuum), install the pressure transmitter at least at the
height of the remote seal or below the measuring point:

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


54 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.6 Installation with remote seal

Mounting type C: at the height of the remote seal

+

SDEV

Formula
pMA = pinitial + ρoil * g * H1
pME = pfinal + ρoil * g * H1
pLRV Lower range value
pURV Upper range value
pstart Initial pressure in the container
pend Final pressure in the container
ρoil Density of the filling oil in the capillary line of the remote seal
g Acceleration due to gravity
H1 Distance container flange to pressure transmitter

Mounting type D: below the measurement point

SDEV

+

Formula
pMA = pinitial + ρoil * g * H1
pME = pfinal + ρoil * g * H1
pLRV Start of scale value
pURV Full-scale value
pstart Initial pressure in the container
pend Final pressure in the container
ρoil Density of the filling oil in the capillary line of the remote seal
g Acceleration due to gravity
H1 Distance container flange to pressure transmitter
H1 ≥ 200 mm

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 55
Installing/mounting
5.6 Installation with remote seal

Mounting type for differential pressure and flow measurements

Note
Effects of temperature
Keep the following instructions in mind to minimize the effects of temperature in remote seal
measuring systems with differential pressure transmitter:
• Install the device so that the high pressure and low pressure sides are symmetrical as far as
ambient effects and the ambient temperature are concerned.

Mounting type E

+9

Formel
pMA = pinitial - ρoil * g * HV
pME = pfinal - ρoil * g * HV
pLRV Start of scale value
pURV Full-scale value
pstart Initial pressure in the container
pend Final pressure in the container
ρoil Density of the filling oil in the capillary line of the remote seal
g Acceleration due to gravity
HV Gland distance
H1 Distance container flange to pressure transmitter

Installation types for level measurements (closed containers)


Reset the zero point after installation to compensate the liquid column on the minus side.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


56 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.6 Installation with remote seal

This measure applies to the following installation types:

H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft); with halocarbon oil as the filling


liquid, only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)
Start of scale value:
pLRV = ρFL * g * HU - ρoil * g * HV
Full-scale value:
pURV = ρFL * g * HO - ρoil * g * HV
+ +
+9
+R

+X

Mounting type F

Pressure transmitter for differential


pressure above the upper measuring
point, no vacuum
Start of scale value:
pLRV = ρFL * g * HU - ρoil * g * HV
Full-scale value:
+ pURV = ρFL * g * HO - ρoil * g * HV
+9
+R

+X

Mounting type G

Below the lower measuring point


H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft); with halocarbon oil as the filling
liquid, only H2 ≤ 4 m(13.1 ft)
+ Start of scale value:
+ pLRV = ρFL * g * HU - ρoil * g * HV
+9
+R Full-scale value:
+ pURV = ρFL * g * HO - ρoil * g * HV
+X

Mounting type H

Between the measuring points, no


vacuum

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 57
Installing/mounting
5.8 Rotating the display

Key
pLRV Start of scale value
pURV Full-scale value
ρFL Density of the process medium in the container
ρoil Density of the filling oil in the capillary line of the remote seal
g Acceleration due to gravity
HU Lower filling level
HO Upper filling level
HV Gland distance
H1/H2 Distance container flange to pressure transmitter

5.7 Installing electrical connections and cable entries


The device is delivered with dust caps installed on both sides at the factory.
You use the order options starting with A to define the type of electrical connections and cable
entries (cable gland, sealing plug or device plug) for your device.
These components are delivered with the device.
• To order the device with installed electrical connections and cable entries, select an
additional order option for the installation (e.g. "device plug mounted on the right").

Procedure
For the first installation follow these steps:
1. Ensure that the seals are clean and undamaged.
2. To ensure the IP degree of protection and explosion protection of the pressure transmitter,
close the cable entries with a sealing plug, a cable gland or a device plug.
A description of how to replace electrical connections and cable entries is available in section
Replacing electrical connections and cable entries (Page 147).

5.8 Rotating the display


To read the display in any mounting position, you have the option of gradually rotating the
display 360°.

Procedure
1. De-energize the device.
2. If available, loosen the front safety catch with a 3 mm Allen key.
3. Unscrew the front cover.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


58 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.8 Rotating the display

4. Remove the display from the holder.

5. Leave the display cable plugged into the electronics.


6. Rotate the display to the desired position.

7. Press the display into the holder until it engages.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 59
Installing/mounting
5.9 Rotating the enclosure

5.9 Rotating the enclosure

Introduction
To make the device easier to operate in any mounting position, you have the option of adjusting
the position of the enclosure within a range of 360°.

① Retaining screw

One retaining screw ① for the aluminum enclosure and two retaining screws (front and back)
for the stainless steel enclosure prevent that the flat ribbon cable is damaged while rotating the
enclosure.
The flat ribbon cable connects the sensor to the electronics.
The tightening torques of the retaining screws are different for the aluminum enclosure and the
stainless steel enclosure. For the tightening torques of the retaining screws, refer to section
Technical data (Page 163).

Tool
2.5 mm Allen key

Rotating the aluminum enclosure


1. Loosen the retaining screw ① by half a rotation.
2. Rotate the enclosure to the desired position (but no further than the end stop).
3. Tighten the retaining screw.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


60 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.10 Insert jumper

Rotating the stainless steel enclosure


1. Loosen the front retaining screw by half a rotation.
2. Loosen the back retaining screw by half a rotation.
3. Rotate the enclosure to the desired position (but no further than the end stop).
4. Tighten the front and back retaining screw.
To prevent the enclosure from turning in case of vibration, make sure that the front and back
retaining screw are tightened.

5.10 Insert jumper


The device is delivered with a jumper.
Depending on the communication, you insert the jumper to activate the following functions:
• PROFIBUS PA:
Locking the device (Page 81)
• FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
Simulation (Page 132)

Procedure
1. De-energize the device.
2. Use a 3 mm Allen key to loosen the front safety catch.
3. Remove the front cover connector of the device.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 61
Installing/mounting
5.10 Insert jumper

4. Remove the display from the holder.

5. Disconnect the cable of the display from the 4-pole connector ①.

Jumper is not inserted (e.g., at time of deliv‐ Jumper is inserted


ery)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


62 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Installing/mounting
5.11 Removing

5.11 Removing

WARNING
Incorrect disassembly
The following risks may result from incorrect disassembly:
- Injury through electric shock
- Risk through emerging media when connected to the process
- Risk of explosion in hazardous area
In order to disassemble correctly, observe the following:
• Before starting work, make sure that you have switched off all physical variables such as
pressure, temperature, electricity etc. or that they have a harmless value.
• If the device contains hazardous media, it must be emptied prior to disassembly. Make sure
that no environmentally hazardous media are released.
• Secure the remaining connections so that no damage can result if the process is started
unintentionally.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 63
Installing/mounting
5.11 Removing

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


64 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Connecting 6
6.1 Basic safety instructions

WARNING
Unsuitable cables, cable glands and/or plugs
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
• Use only cable glands/plugs that comply with the requirements for the relevant type of
protection.
• Tighten the cable glands in accordance with the torques specified in Technical data
(Page 163).
• Close unused cable inlets for the electrical connections.
• When replacing cable glands, only use cable glands of the same type.
• After installation, check that the cables are seated firmly.

WARNING
Improper power supply
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas as result of incorrect power supply.
• Connect the device in accordance with the specified power supply and signal circuits. The
relevant specifications can be found in the certificates, in Technical data (Page 163) or on
the nameplate.

WARNING
Incorrect conduit system
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas as result of open cable inlet or incorrect conduit system.
• In the case of a conduit system, mount a spark barrier at a defined distance from the device
input. Observe national regulations and the requirements stated in the relevant approvals.

WARNING
Unprotected cable ends
Risk of explosion through unprotected cable ends in hazardous areas.
• Protect unused cable ends in accordance with IEC/EN 60079-14.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 65
Connecting
6.1 Basic safety instructions

WARNING
Lack of equipotential bonding
Danger of explosion through compensating currents or ignition currents through lack of
equipotential bonding.
For devices of intrinsic safety "db", "ec", "tb" or "tc" which are operated in a non-intrinsically safe
circuit, observe the following:
• Connect the device to the system via the equipotential bonding terminal.
Note: For devices of the intrinsic safety "ia", "ib" and "ic" type of protection, which are operated
in an intrinsically safe circuit, connection to the system via the equipotential bonding terminal
is not required.

WARNING
Improper laying of shielded cables
Risk of explosion through compensating currents between hazardous area and the
non‑hazardous area.
• Shielded cables that cross into hazardous areas should be grounded only at one end.
• If grounding is required at both ends, use an equipotential bonding conductor.

WARNING
Connecting or disconnecting device in energized state
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
• Connect or disconnect devices in hazardous areas only in a de-energized state.
Exceptions:
• Devices having the type of protection "Intrinsic safety Ex i" may also be connected in
energized state in hazardous areas.

WARNING
Incorrect selection of type of protection
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
This device is approved for various types of protection.
1. Select an intrinsic safety type of protection "ia", "ib", "ic" or non-intrinsic safety "db", "tb", "tc",
"ec".
2. Connect the device according to the selected type of protection.
3. When operating with non-intrinsically safe power supplies, make the intrinsically safe types
of protection permanently unrecognizable as in the nameplate example.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


66 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Connecting
6.1 Basic safety instructions

,,*([LD,,&77*D*E
,,*([LDGE,,&77*D*E

Figure 6-1 Nameplate example: Type 7MF0..0-.....-.D..-Z + E20

NOTICE
Ambient temperature too high
Damage to cable sheath.
• At an ambient temperature ≥ 60 °C (140 °F), use heat-resistant cables suitable for an
ambient temperature at least 20 °C (36 °F) higher.

NOTICE
Condensation in the device
Damage to device through formation of condensation if the temperature difference between
transportation or storage and the mounting location exceeds 20 °C (36 °F).
• Before taking the device into operation, let the device adapt for several hours in the new
environment.

6.1.1 Incorrect measured values with incorrect grounding

NOTICE
Incorrect measured values with incorrect grounding
The device must not be grounded via the "+" or "-" connection. It may otherwise malfunction
and be permanently damaged.
• If necessary, ground the device using the earthing connection.

Note
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
You can use this device in industrial environments, households and small businesses.
For metal housings there is an increased electromagnetic compatibility compared to high-
frequency radiation. This protection can be increased by grounding the housing, see Technical
data (Page 163).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 67
Connecting
6.2 Connecting the device

Note
Improvement of interference immunity
• Lay signal cables separate from cables with voltages > 60 V.
• Use cables with twisted wires.
• Keep device and cables at a distance from strong electromagnetic fields.
• Take account of the conditions for communication specified in the Technical data (Page 163).
• Use shielded cables to guarantee the full specification according to HART/PA/FF/Modbus/
EIA-485/Profibus DP.

6.2 Connecting the device

6.2.1 Opening the device

① Safety catch (optional)


② Cover of the electrical cable compartment.
Figure 6-2 Rear view of pressure transmitter

1. Use a 3 mm Allen key to loosen the safety catch ①.


2. Unscrew the cover of the electrical cable compartment ②.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


68 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Connecting
6.2 Connecting the device

6.2.2 Connecting the device

Procedure









① Fieldbus ⑤ Process connection


② Cable gland ⑥ Protective conductor connector/equipotential bond‐
ing terminal
③ Connecting terminals ⑦ Ground terminal
④ Safety catch

1. Connect the device to the system via the existing protective conductor connection ⑥ and
observe the torque while doing so.
– Use a cable with a diameter of 1 … 4 mm2.
2. Insert the connecting cable through the cable gland ②.
3. Connect the wires to the connection terminals ③ "+" and "-", observing the torque while
doing so1.
– Use wires with a diameter of 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2.
– If you use stranded wire, you need ferrules.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 69
Connecting
6.2 Connecting the device

4. Apply the shield to the screw of the ground terminal ⑦.


The screw of the ground terminal is electrically connected to the external protective
conductor connection.
5. For devices with intrinsically safe protection type, use a supply unit that corresponds to the
requirements of the relevant type of protection.

See also
Torques (Page 203)

6.2.3 Closing the device

 

 

 

 

① Cover over buttons ⑤ Blanking plug


② Cable gland ⑥ Safety catch (front)
③ Safety catch (back) ⑦ Cover (front)
④ Cover (rear) for electrical terminal compartment
Figure 6-3 View of the pressure transmitter: Left: Back right: Front view

1. Screw on the cover ④ and ⑦ as far as it will go.


Make sure that there is no gap between enclosure and cover.
2. Secure each cover with the cover catch ③ and ⑥ by removing the screw.
For the aluminum enclosure, observe the torque (Page 203).
3. Close the cover over the buttons①.
4. Tighten the screw for the cover over the buttons.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


70 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Connecting
6.3 Connect the Han cable socket to the cable

6.3 Connect the Han cable socket to the cable

WARNING
Loss of the safety required for approval by using the Han plug
You may only use the Han plug for non-Ex devices and for devices with intrinsic safety "Ex i";
otherwise, the safety required for the approval is not guaranteed.

Note
Observe the protection class of the Han plug when defining the protection class.

The contact parts for the cable socket are supplied.


For devices with a Han plug mounted on the enclosure, make the connection via the cable
socket.

Requirement
• The terminal area of the cable socket is suitable for cables with diameters ranging from 6 to
12 mm.
• These cables use stranded wires with 1 mm2 as single conductors ("+", "-" and ground).
• You are using a crimping tool from HARTING (article number 09 99 000 0110).

Procedure
1. Slide the sleeve and the screwed joint on the cable.
2. Strip approx. 8 mm of the cable ends.
3. Crimp the contact parts on the cable ends.
4. Assemble the cable socket.

Connector pin assignment with Han 7D or Han 8D plug or cable socket

 

  

 

,$
 8+ 

IA Output current
UH Auxiliary power

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 71
Connecting
6.4 Connect M12 cable socket to the cable

6.4 Connect M12 cable socket to the cable

WARNING
Loss of safety required for approval by using the M12 device plug.
You may only use the plug for non-Ex devices; otherwise, the safety required for the approval
is not guaranteed.

Note
A conductive connection must not exist between the shield and the connector housing.

Note
Observe the protection class of the M12 device plug when defining the protection class.

In devices where a plug is already mounted on the enclosure, the connection is made via a cable
socket.
1. Thread the parts of the cable socket as described by the manufacturer of the cable socket.
2. Strip approximately 18 mm of the bus cable ①.
3. Twist the shield.
4. Thread the shield in the insulating sleeve.
5. Draw 8 mm of shrink sleeve over the cable, wires and shield up to the reference edge ②.
6. Screw the cable ends and the shield in the pin insert.
7. Fasten the parts of the cable socket as described by the manufacturer.
 



 



Figure 6-4 Preparing the connecting cable

① Reference edge for stripping ③ Insulating sleeve over the shield


② Reference edge for the dimension spec‐ ④ Shrink sleeve
ifications for cable assembly

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


72 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Connecting
6.5 Switching on the supply voltage

Assignment


   

   

 

Layout for M12 device plug Assignment diagram M12-cable socket


① M12 x 1 thread ① Positioning slot
② Positioning catch
1 + 1 +
2 Not connected 2 Not connected
3 - 3 -
4 Shield 4 Shield
Middle contact of the cable socket not
connected

6.5 Switching on the supply voltage

Procedure
1. Connect the device. (Page 69)
2. Switch on the supply voltage.
– Product name and firmware version appear briefly on the display.
– The measured values are shown on the local display or via remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC
PDM).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 73
Connecting
6.5 Switching on the supply voltage

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


74 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Operating 7
You operate the device using the buttons.
If you have a device with a display, you can view the measured values, parameter values and
messages.
If you have a device without a display, you also have several functions available:
Commissioning the device (PROFIBUS PA) (Page 86)

7.1 Buttons
The four buttons are located below the cover:

Figure 7-1 Top view

7.2 Operating the device with display

7.2.1 Navigating in the views


You navigate in the views with the buttons:
Buttons (Page 75)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 75
Operating
7.2 Operating the device with display

Example

3   

3   

3 (/(&757(03  

  '$03,1*

 

Figure 7-2 The colors represent three different views: Measured value view, parameter view and edit
view

7.2.2 Measurement view

The measurement view shows the current measured values as well as the device status:





① Name and unit of the measured value (alternating)


② Measured value
③ Measured value ID
④ Bar display
Figure 7-3 Example of measurement view

① shows the name of the measured value and the set unit as alternating values.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


76 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Operating
7.2 Operating the device with display

Measured value IDs ③ start with "P".


The bar display shows the following information:
• The position of a measured value within the set measuring span1).
• The position of the temperature value within the sensor limits.
• The scaling of the process values calculated from the pressure value (e.g. volume flow).
1)
Nominal measuring range for PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus

7.2.2.1 Display of measured values


The following information is displayed depending on the configuration and communication:

Measured val‐ Name of measured value Meaning


ue ID
P1 PRESSURE Pressure
PRESS GAUGE Gauge pressure
PRESS ABS Absolute pressure
P2 SENSOR TEMP Sensor temperature
P3 ELECTR TEMP Electronics temperature
P4 LEVEL Level
P5 VOLUME Volume
P6 VOLUME FLOW Volume flow
P7 MASS FLOW Mass flow
P8 USER DEFINED Customized characteristic curve
P9 % OF RANGE Percent of range
PA TOTALIZER Totalizer for mass flow
PB TOTALIZER Totalizer for volume flow

You use the "Start view" parameter [32] to select the measured value that is displayed as the
first measured value in the measurement view.

7.2.2.2 Navigating in the measurement view

Requirement
You have disabled the button lock.
Disabling button lock (Page 119)

Procedure
1. Use the and buttons to navigate in the measurement view.
2. To switch to the parameter view, press the button.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 77
Operating
7.2 Operating the device with display

7.2.3 Parameter view

The parameter view shows the parameters, parameter values and the wizards of the device.

① Name and unit of the parameter (alternating)


② Parameter value
③ Parameter ID
④ "EDIT" symbol (permanently enabled)
Figure 7-4 Example of parameter view

For parameters with an associated unit, the parameter name and unit are displayed as
alternating values in ①. Example: Pressure units in mbar.

7.2.3.1 List of parameters on the display


The parameters are displayed with parameter ID and parameter name.
Depending on the communication and the parameter settings of your device, some parameters
are hidden.
For devices with FOUNDATION Fieldbus, fewer parameters are available on the display.

ID Parameter name PA FF Meaning


01 PRESS UNITS • Set the pressure unit.
02 LOW IN SCALE • Set the lower input scaling point of the process value.
Is used for the measurement of the process values calculated from the measured pressure
value.
03 UP IN SCALE • Set the upper input scaling point of the process value.
Is used for the measurement of the process values calculated from the measured pressure
value.
04 DAMPING • Sets the damping (filtering) for smoothing of sudden process value variations.
05 APPLICATION • Application 1); sets the device for a specific measuring task.
06 SQRT POINT • Provides the application point for volume and mass flow (VSLN and MSLIN).
07 ZERO POINT • Sets the zero point.
16 LEVEL UNITS • Sets the level unit.
16 VOL UNITS • Sets the volume unit.
16 VFLOW UNITS • Sets the volume flow unit.
16 MFLOW UNITS • Sets the mass flow unit.
17 TEMP UNITS • Sets the temperature unit for sensor and electronics temperature.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


78 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Operating
7.2 Operating the device with display

ID Parameter name PA FF Meaning


18 LOWER SCALNG • Set the lower output scaling point of the process value.
Is used for the measurement of the process values calculated from the measured pressure
value.
19 UPPER SCALNG • Sets the upper output scaling point of the process value.
Is used for the measurement of the process values calculated from the measured pressure
value.
20 LOW FLOW CUT • Sets the flow limit for the low flow cut-off. Flow rate values below this limit are set to zero.
21 VESSEL DIM A • Vessel dimension A; sets the height of the vessel bottom for specific vessel shapes.
22 VESSEL DIM L • Vessel dimension L; sets the length of the vessel bottom for a lying parabolic ends vessel.
23 BUTTON LOCK • • Disables access to the device buttons. With activated button lock, the device can only be
operated over the engineering system.
24 CHG USER PIN • Used to change PIN code that enables user access level.
25 RECOVERY ID • Displays the recovery ID. It must be made available to the technical support team to receive
the PUK (PIN Unlock Key) required to restore the PIN(s).
26 PIN RECOVERY • Used for input of the PIN Unlock Key (PUK) to reset the PIN(s) to factory setting. The PUK is
available from the technical support team.
The user PIN 2457 is factory preset in the device.
27 USER PIN • Used to enable or disable the user PIN.
30 DISPLAY TEST • • Used to check that numbers, texts and symbols appear correctly on the display.
32 START VIEW • • Sets the process value shown first on the display after power on.
33 PRESSURE REF • • Used to adapt the display of the pressure unit to your application (e.g. gauge pressure or
absolute pressure).
35 RESET • • Used to reset specific settings.
37 FW VERSION • • Displays FW version of the device.
38 CONFIG COUNT • • Displays number of times device configuration or calibration changed, locally or via engi‐
neering system.
40 SLAVE ADDR • Sets the bus address of the device on the fieldbus.
41 GSD SELECT • Sets the GSD file.
42 ACTIVE GSD • Displays the set GSD file.

1) The "Application" parameter is also called the "Transfer function" in certain configuration tools.
Hereinafter, the parameter ID is always written inside parentheses after the parameter name.
Example: Parameter "Damping value" [04].

7.2.3.2 Navigating in the parameter view

Requirement
The button lock is disabled.
Disabling button lock (Page 119)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 79
Operating
7.2 Operating the device with display

Procedure
1. Use the or buttons to navigate within the parameters.
To navigate faster, keep the or button pressed.
After the last parameter, you jump to the first parameter, and vice versa.
2. To switch to edit view, press the button.
3. To return to the measurement view, press the button.

7.2.4 Edit view

You change the parameter values in the edit view. Wizards are available for specific parameters.

Parameter values
There are various parameter values:
• Enumerations (e.g. unit)
• Numerical values (e.g. damping)

 

① Name of parameter and, if availa‐ ④ "EDIT" symbol (flashing)


ble, unit (alternating)
② Enumeration arrows (for enumera‐ ⑤ Parameter value
tions only)
③ Parameter ID
Figure 7-5 Example of edit view

For parameters with an associated unit, the parameter name and unit are displayed as
alternating values in ①. Example: Pressure units in mbar.

7.2.4.1 Changing parameter values

Requirement
The device is not write-protected.
For information on write protection, refer to section Locking the device (Page 81).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


80 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Operating
7.3 Locking the device

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view (Page 75).
2. Select the desired parameter with the or button.
Use the button to confirm.
You are in the edit view.
3. Change the parameter value with the or button.
To navigate faster, keep the or button pressed.
4. Save the change with the button.
Or, cancel the change with the button.

7.2.5 Device status display

① Symbol - NAMUR NE 107


② Diagnostics ID
Figure 7-6 Example

For additional information about symbols and the diagnostic messages, refer to Diagnostics and
troubleshooting (Page 151).

7.3 Locking the device


Depending on the communication, the following options are available to lock the device:
• Enable write protection via jumper (PROFIBUS PA) (Page 82)
• Enable write protection using the user PIN (PROFIBUS PA) (Page 123)
• Enable write protection via button lock (PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus) (Page 83)
• Write protection via "Write lock" parameter in the Resource Block (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
Write protection is displayed with the symbol on the display.

Write protection ID Read measured val‐ Read parameters on Change parameters Change parameters
ues on the display the display via the device with via communication
display
Jumper set (only with L Yes No No No
PROFIBUS PA)
User PIN1) enabled (on‐ LP Yes Yes Yes, after input of the Yes, after input of the
ly with PROFIBUS PA) user PIN user PIN

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 81
Operating
7.3 Locking the device

Write protection ID Read measured val‐ Read parameters on Change parameters Change parameters
ues on the display the display via the device with via communication
display
Button lock enabled LL Yes No No Yes
"Write protection L Yes No No No
(Write lock)" parame‐
ter enabled in the Re‐
source Block (only
with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus)

The user PIN is factory set to 2457 in the device. When delivered, write protection is disabled
1)

using the user PIN.

7.3.1 Enable write protection with jumper (only with PROFIBUS PA)
With PROFIBUS PA, the jumper is used for enabling write protection.
When the jumper is inserted:
• Measured values are read-only.
• The display changes automatically between the measured values.
• Operation via the buttons is disabled.
To enable write protection, you insert the jumper:
Insert jumper (Page 61)

7.3.2 Enable user PIN

Requirement
The User PIN is disabled.

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the parameter "User PIN".
3. Use the button to confirm.
The message "USER PIN ON" (User PIN enabled) appears for 2 seconds.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


82 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Operating
7.3 Locking the device

Result
The User PIN is activated after about 10 minutes or after a device restart.

See also
Disable user PIN (Page 124)

7.3.3 Enabling button lock

Procedure
1. Navigate into the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. In the parameter view, select the "Button lock" parameter.
3. Press the button.
The "EDIT" symbol flashes.
4. Select ON with the or button.

5. Use the button to confirm.

Result
• The display automatically returns to the measurement view.
• The display automatically changes between the measured values every 12 seconds.
• The symbol for button lock "LL" and the measured value ID are displayed alternately.

Note
For a device without display, you activate the button lock using remote operation.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 83
Operating
7.3 Locking the device

See also
Disabling button lock (Page 119)

7.3.4 Write protection with "Write lock" parameter (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)


1. Connect to the device via remote operation.
2. In the Resource Block, enable the write protection: "Write Lock > Locked".
– Measured values are read-only.
– The display changes automatically between the measured values.
– Operation via the buttons is disabled.
To disable write protection, set the "Write Lock" parameter to "Not Locked".

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


84 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Commissioning 8
8.1 Basic safety instructions

DANGER
Toxic gases and liquids
Danger of poisoning when venting the device: if toxic process media are measured, toxic gases
and liquids can be released.
• Before venting ensure that there are no toxic gases or liquids in the device, or take the
appropriate safety measures.

WARNING
Improper commissioning in hazardous areas
Device failure or risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
• Do not commission the device until it has been mounted completely and connected in
accordance with the information in Technical data (Page 163).
• Before commissioning take the effect on other devices in the system into account.

WARNING
Commissioning and operation with pending error
If an error message appears, correct operation in the process is no longer guaranteed.
• Check the gravity of the error.
• Correct the error.
• If the error still exists:
– Take the device out of operation.
– Prevent renewed commissioning.

WARNING
Loss of explosion protection
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas if the device is open or not properly closed.
• Close the device as described in Technical data (Page 163).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 85
Commissioning
8.2 Commissioning the device (PROFIBUS PA)

WARNING
Opening device in energized state
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas
• Only open the device in a de-energized state.
• Check prior to commissioning that the cover, cover locks, and cable inlets are assembled in
accordance with the directives.
Exception: Devices having the type of protection "Intrinsic safety Ex i" may also be opened in
energized state in hazardous areas.

Note
Hot surfaces
Hot process medium and high ambient temperatures lead to hot surfaces which can cause burns.
• Take corresponding protective measures, for example wear protective gloves.

WARNING
Hazardous contact voltage
Risk of injury through hazardous contact voltage when the device is open or not completely
closed.
The degree of protection specified on the nameplate or in Technical data (Page 163) is no
longer guaranteed if the device is open or not properly closed.
• Make sure that the device is securely closed.

8.2 Commissioning the device (PROFIBUS PA)

Before you commission the device


Integrate the current EDD (Electronic Device Description) of your device into the device catalog
of your parameter assignment tool.
• The GSD file of the device is contained in the EDD zip file.
• You can find a detailed description of how you locate and integrate the EDD in the
section Updating the Electronic Device Description (EDD) (Page 224).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


86 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Commissioning
8.3 Commissioning the device (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)

Commissioning via the local operation


1. Change the default bus address "126" with the parameter "SLAVE ADDR".
If you have configured the bus address via your order, this step is not necessary.
2. Set the "GSD SELECT" parameter to "Auto".
For the device to automatically apply the configuration in the control system, set the
parameter to "Auto".
The device thus automatically adapts to a valid network configuration, for example, in
SIMATIC STEP 7 HW Config.
More information on the various GSD files is available in the section GSD SELECT [41]
(Page 127).
3. Set the parameters you need for your application on the device or with a parameter
assignment tool (e.g. SIMATIC PDM).
List of parameters on the display (Page 78)
Parameter assignment over remote operation (Page 130)

Note
Commissioning a device without a display
All commissioning steps mentioned above are performed via remote operation.
You set the zero point by pressing the buttons and for three seconds.

8.3 Commissioning the device (FOUNDATION Fieldbus)

Introduction
Various tools are available for commissioning via FOUNDATION Fieldbus.
You will find an overview of compatible tools in the section Product compatibility (Page 14).

General procedure
1. Connect the device.
2. Download the latest EDD to the parameterization tool.
3. Open the configuration view of your parameterization tool.
The device is displayed with product name and serial number.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 87
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

4. During first initialization of the device in the parameterization tool, change the bus address:
– Factory setting: 248
– Setting range: 16 - 247

Note
When it detects another device with the same bus address, the device automatically sets its
bus address to one of the temporary addresses between 248 and 251.

5. Configure the device blocks:


– Resource Block
– Pressure Transducer Block
– 3 Analog Input function blocks (AI function blocks).
– PID function block
For more information on the block model, refer to the section FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication (Page 227).

Note
Device without display: Set zero point
You set the zero point by pressing the buttons and for three seconds.

8.4 Application examples

8.4.1 Gauge pressure, absolute pressure from differential pressure series, and
absolute pressure from gauge pressure series

8.4.1.1 Commissioning in gaseous environments

Requirement
All valves are closed.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


88 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

Procedure

$ %





 





 


A Pressure transmitter above the pressure sam‐ B Pressure transmitter below the pressure sam‐
pling point pling point
① Pressure transmitter ⑥ Shut-off valve
② Shut-off valve ⑦ Shut-off valve (optional)
③ Shut-off valve to process ⑧ Condensate vessel (optional)
④ Shut-off valve for test connection ⑨ Blowout valve
or for bleed screw
⑤ Pressure line

1. Open the shut-off valve for the test connection ④.


2. Via the test connection of the shutoff valve ②, apply the pressure corresponding to the lower
range value to the pressure transmitter.
3. Ensure that the lower range value corresponds to the desired value. Otherwise, correct the
value.
4. Close the shut-off valve for the test connection ④.
5. Open the shut-off valve ⑥ at the pressure tapping point.
6. Open the shut-off valve for the process ③.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 89
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

8.4.1.2 Commissioning with steam or liquid

Requirement
All valves are closed.

Procedure




 


① Pressure transmitter
② Shut-off valve
③ Shut-off valve to process
④ Shut-off valve for test connection or for bleed screw
⑤ Pressure line
⑥ Shut-off valve
⑦ Drain valve
⑧ Compensation vessel (steam only)

1. Open the shut-off valve for the test connection ④.


2. Via the test connection of the shutoff valve ②, apply the pressure corresponding to the lower
range value to the pressure transmitter.
3. Ensure that the lower range value corresponds to the desired value. Otherwise, correct the
value.
4. Close the shut-off valve for the test connection ④.
5. Open the shut-off valve ⑥ at the pressure tapping point.
6. Open the shut-off valve for the process ③.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


90 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

8.4.2 Differential pressure and flow rate

8.4.2.1 Commissioning in gaseous environments

Requirement
All shut-off valves are closed.

Procedure

$ %


 


   





  
 

 

 

A Pressure transmitter above the differential B Pressure transmitter below the differential
pressure transducer pressure transducer
① Pressure transmitter ⑦ Blowout valves
② Stabilizing valve ⑧ Condensate vessels (optional)
③, Differential pressure valves ⑨ Differential pressure transducer (e.g.
④ FPS200 and FPS300)
⑤ Differential pressure lines ⑩ 3-way valve manifold
⑥ Shut-off valves

1. Open both the shut-off valves ⑥ at the pressure tapping point.


2. Open the stabilizing valve ②.
3. Open the differential pressure valve (③ or ④).
4. Check and, if necessary, correct the zero point when the lower range value is 0 bar (4 mA).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 91
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

5. Close the stabilizing valve ②.


6. Open the other differential pressure valve (③ or ④).

8.4.2.2 Commissioning for liquids

Requirement
All valves are closed.

DANGER
Toxic liquids
Danger of poisoning when the device is vented.
If toxic process media are measured with this device, toxic liquids can escape when the device
is vented.
• Before venting, make sure there is no liquid in the device or take the necessary safety
precautions.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


92 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

Procedure

$ %

 
   



 
 
 
  
 


  
 
  

A Pressure transmitter below the differential pres‐ B Pressure transmitter above the differential pres‐
sure transducer sure transducer
① Pressure transmitter ⑦ Drain valves
② Stabilizing valve ⑧ Gas collector vessels (optional)
③, ④ Differential pressure valves ⑨ Differential pressure transducer
⑤ Differential pressure lines ⑩ Vent valves
⑥ Shut-off valves ⑪ 5-way valve manifold

1. Open both the shut-off valves ⑥ at the pressure tapping point.


2. Open the stabilizing valve ②.
3. With pressure transmitters below the differential pressure transducer, partially open
both drain valves ⑦ one after the other until liquid emerges without bubbles.
In the case of a pressure transmitter above the differential pressure transducer, partially
open both vent valves ⑩ one after the other until liquid emerges without bubbles.
4. Close both drain valves ⑦ or vent valves ⑩.
5. Partially open the differential pressure valve ③ and the vent valve (sealing plug with vent
valve) on the positive side of the pressure transmitter until liquid escapes without bubbles.
6. Close the vent valve (sealing plug with vent valve).
7. Partially open the vent valve (sealing plug with vent valve) on the negative side of the
pressure transmitter until liquid escapes without bubbles.
8. Close the differential pressure valve ③.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 93
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

9. Partially open the differential pressure valve ④ until liquid escapes without bubbles.
10.Close the differential pressure valve.
11.Close the vent valve (sealing plug with vent valve) on the negative side of the pressure
transmitter.
12.Open the differential pressure valve ③ with half a revolution.
13.For a lower range value of 0 bar, check the zero point (4 mA) and correct the lower range
value if it is different.
14.Close the stabilizing valve ②.
15.Open the differential pressure valves (③ and ④) completely.

8.4.2.3 Commissioning with vapor

Requirement
All valves are closed.

WARNING
Hot vapor
Danger of injury or damage to device.
If the shut-off valves ⑥ and the differential pressure valve ③ are both open and the stabilizing
valve ② is then opened, the pressure transmitter ① can be damaged by the flow of vapor.
• Follow the specified procedure for commissioning.

WARNING
Hot vapor
Danger of injury.
You can briefly open the drain valves ⑦ to clean the line. Hot vapor can escape in the process.
• Only open the drain valves ⑦ briefly, and close them again before vapor escapes.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


94 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

Procedure

   

  


   

 
 

① Pressure transmitter ⑦ Drain valves


② Stabilizing valve ⑧ Condensate pots
③, Differential pressure valves ⑨ Differential pressure transducer

⑤ Differential pressure lines ⑩ Insulation
⑥ Shut-off valves ⑪ 3-way valve manifold

1. Open both the shut-off valves ⑥ at the pressure tapping point.


2. Open the stabilizing valve ②.
3. Wait until the steam in the differential pressure lines ⑤ and in the equalizing vessels ⑧ has
condensed.
4. Partially open the differential pressure valve ③ and the vent valve (sealing plug with vent
valve) on the positive side of the pressure transmitter until condensate escapes without
bubbles.
5. Close the vent valve (sealing plug with vent valve).
6. Partially open the vent valve (sealing plug with vent valve) on the negative side of the
pressure transmitter until condensate escapes without bubbles.
7. Close the differential pressure valve ③.
8. Partially open the differential pressure valve ④ until condensate escapes without bubbles.
9. Close the vent valve with blanking plug on the negative side ①.
10.Close the differential pressure valve.
11.Open the differential pressure valve ③ by half a revolution.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 95
Commissioning
8.4 Application examples

12.For the lower range value 0 bar, check the zero point (4 mA).
If the differential pressure lines ⑤ have equally high condensate columns with the same
temperature, the measurement result is error-free. Otherwise, repeat the zero-point
adjustment.
13.Close the stabilizing valve ②.
14.Fully open the differential pressure valves ③ and ④.

Cleaning process cable


1. To clean the line, briefly open the drain valves ⑦.
2. Close the drain valve ⑦ before vapor escapes.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


96 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment 9
Introduction
You can operate the device via local operation or remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC PDM).
• The parameters that you can reach over the device with a display are marked by the
parameter ID. Hereinafter, the parameter ID is always written inside parentheses after the
parameter name. Example: Parameter "Damping value" [04].
• You can access the complete number of parameters via remote operation.
The device-specific parameters are available in each tool for configuration.
The instructions or online help for these tools will provide you with information on how to
use the different tools for parameter assignment.

9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Introduction
This section describes all parameters that you can reach over the device with a display.
You will find information on operating the device with display in the section Operating the
device with display (Page 75).
You can find the list of available parameters with ID and parameter name in the section List of
parameters on the display (Page 78).

9.1.1 Pressure units [01]

With the "Pressure units" [01] parameter, you select the unit of the "Pressure" (P1) measured
value that is displayed in the measurement view.
You can find a description of the pressure units that you can set in the section Display of the
pressure units (Page 98).
With the "Pressure reference" parameter [33], you adapt the display of the pressure units to your
application, if necessary (absolute pressure or gauge pressure).
Both parameters are available using a local operation or over the remote operation.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 97
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Example

 

Pressure units ① and Pressure reference ② (alternating)

See also
Pressure reference [33] (Page 125)

9.1.1.1 Display of the pressure units


Certain units are displayed differently on the display and over remote operation.

Example: Display of unit "mmH2O" on the


display


Unit ① in the title bar Unit ② as enumeration

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


98 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Setting range: Display (header line) Display (enumeration) Remote operation


mbar mbar mbar
bar bar bar
Pa Pa Pa
KPa KPa KPa
MPa MPa MPa
PSI PSI psi
G/cm2 G/cm2 g/cm2
KG/cm2 KG/c2 kg/cm2
KGF/cm2 KF/c2 kgf/cm²
mmH2O mmW68 mmH2O
mH2O (4 °C) mmW4 mH2O (4 °C)
inH20 (68 °F) inW68 inH2O (68 °F)
inH2O (4 °C) inW4 inH2O (4 °C)
mmHG mmHG mmHg
inHG inHG inHg
hPa hPa hPa
atm atm atm
torr torr torr
Factory setting: Depending on the measuring cell, mbar or bar, or as specified in the order

9.1.1.2 Setting the pressure units

Requirement
You know the parameter values for the "Pressure units" parameter. (Page 98)

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the "Pressure units" parameter [01].
3. Press the button.
4. Select the desired unit with the or button.
The pressure measurement is converted to the new pressure unit.
5. Use the button to confirm.
6. Navigate to the "Pressure reference" parameter [33].
7. Press the button.
8. Select the specific pressure unit for your application (absolute pressure, gauge pressure,
none) with the or button.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 99
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Result
• The selected pressure unit and pressure reference are displayed as alternating values in the
measurement view.
• If the converted pressure measurement has more than 5 digits, "#####" appears in the
measurement view: Adjust the unit so that a lower value is displayed, e.g. bar instead of
mbar.

Note
Changing the units during cyclic operation
In PROFIBUS PA, the measured value without unit is transferred immediately to the control
system during cyclic operation.
If you change the unit on the display or via the parameter assignment tool during cyclic
operation, the converted measured value without unit is transferred immediately.
• Example: When you change the unit on the display from 1 bar to 1 000 mbar, 1 000 bar is
displayed in the control system instead of 1 000 mbar.

9.1.2 Lower input scaling point [02]


Sets the lower input scaling point for the measurement of derived process values (e.g. level).
This parameter is hidden when you have selected the characteristic "Pressure: Linear" (PRESS) via
the parameter "Application" [05].

9.1.3 Upper input scaling point [03]


Sets the upper input scaling point for the measurement of derived process values (e.g. level).
This parameter is hidden when you have selected the characteristic "Pressure: Linear" (PRESS) via
the parameter "Application" [05].

9.1.4 Damping value [04]

Sets the damping (filtering) for smoothing of sudden process value variations.

Setting range: 0.01 s ... 100 s in increments of 0.01 s


Factory setting: 2 s, or as specified in order

The damping influences the response time of the device: When you increase the damping value,
the response time of the pressure transmitter to changes in the pressure measurement
increases.
• Reduce the damping value for faster response times. Specify a value that meets the
requirements regarding signal stability and response time.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


100 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.4.1 Set damping value

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the "Damping value" parameter.
3. Press the button.
4. Set the damping with the and buttons.
5. To set the damping in steps of 0.10 s, press and hold down the buttons.
6. Use the button to confirm.

9.1.5 Application [05]

9.1.5.1 Set application


You use the "Application" parameter to adjust the device for the following measuring tasks.
• Pressure measurement
• Level measurement
• Volume flow measurement
• Mass flow measurement
• Volume measurement
• Customized characteristic curve (only available via remote operation). (Page 134)

Procedure via the local operation


1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the "Application" parameter [05].
3. Select the desired characteristic curve.
Characteristic curves (Page 108)
– The device uses a linear characteristic curve for pressure and level measurements.
– For volume and mass flow measurements, the device uses adjustable square root
functions.
– For volume measurement, the device uses the tank characteristic curves for various vessel
geometries.
– In the "Customized characteristic curve" application, enter the breakpoints of the
characteristic curve using remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC PDM).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 101
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.5.2 Operating principle

5DZSUHVVXUHYDOXH
3URFHVVSUHVVXUH 'DPSLQJ

$SSOLFDWLRQ

/RFDO
 GLVSOD\RU
SURFHVV
6FDOLQJ FRQWURO
V\VWHP


7RWDOL]HU

1 Is used for the measurement of the process values calculated from the measured pressure value (e.g. level).
Assigns the initial value and the final value of the input signal to the respective values of the output signal.
2 Supplementary function for volume flow and mass flow measurements.
Totalizer (Page 131)

9.1.5.3 Level measurement


To set the application of the device for the level measurement, select the "level" characteristic
curve using the "Application" parameter (LEVEL).
For a level measurement, the device calculates the level height and the hydrostatic pressure. The
geometry of the vessel is not included in the calculation.
• The device uses a linear characteristic curve:










     3EDU

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


102 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Example
For the level measurement, you set the following values, for example:

Damping value: 2.0 s


Lower range value: 0.0 bar
Upper range value: 5.0 bar
Application: Level (LEVEL)
Unit: m
Lower scaling point: 0.0 m
Upper scaling point: 49 m

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 103
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.5.4 Volume and mass flow measurements


The following characteristic curves are available for volume and mass flow measurements:
• Hold at 0, square root (VSOFF, for volume or MSOFF, for mass flow)
The output value remains 0 until the application point (Low flow cut-off (Page 117)).
Starting from the application point, scaling occurs according to the square root:









 $SSOLFDWLRQSRLQW

    EDU

Y Flow rate
Setting range for the application point: 0 ... 100%
X Set measuring span

• Linear, square root (VSLN, for volume or MSLN, formass flow)


The output value has a linear relationship with the differential pressure up to the application
point (Page 108) . Starting from the application point, scaling occurs according to the square
root:



IRUDSSOLFDWLRQSRLQW


6HWWLQJUDQJH

 ; $SSOLFDWLRQSRLQW


OLQHDU

    EDU

Y Flow rate
X Set measuring span

• 2 step linear, square root (VSLN2, for volume or MSLN2, for mass flow)
The output value runs proportional to the flow, two-step linear up to the application point
(Page 108).
The square root SLIN2 has a permanently defined application point of 10%. The range up to
this point contains two linear characteristic curve sections. The first section ranges from the
zero point to 0.6% of the output value and 0.6% of the pressure value. The second section
runs at a steeper slope up to the application point at 10% of the output value and 1% of the
pressure value.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


104 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

<



IRUDSSOLFDWLRQSRLQW
6HWWLQJUDQJH  ; $SSOLFDWLRQSRLQW

 OLQHDU

OLQHDU    ;

Y Flow rate
X Set measuring span

Example: Volume flow (linear)


For the volume flow measurement, you set the following values, for example:

Damping value: 2.0 s


Lower range value: 0.0 mbar
Upper range value: 0.6 bar
Application: Linear, square root (VSLN)
Unit: m3/h
Lower scaling point: 0.0 m3/h
Upper scaling point: 300 m3/h

Example: Mass flow (linear)


For the mass flow measurement, you set the following values, for example:

Damping value: 1s
Lower range value: 0.0 mbar
Upper range value: 600 mbar
Application: Linear, square root (MSLN)
Unit: t/h
Lower scaling point: 0.0 t/h
Upper scaling point: 300 m3/ s

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 105
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.5.5 Volume measurement


For the volume measurement, the device uses tank characteristic curves for various vessel
shapes.

Display Vessel Description


CYLIN Cylinder vessel

SPHER Sphere vessel

LINR Linear vessel

CONIC Conical bottom vessel


①:Vessel dimension A

PARAB Parabolic bottom vessel


①:Vessel dimension A

HALF Half sphere bottom vessel


①:Vessel dimension A

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


106 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Display Vessel Description


FLAT Flat sloped bottom vessel
①:Vessel dimension A

PARAE Parabolic ends vessel


①:Vessel dimension A
②:Vessel dimension L
 

Example
For the volume measurement, you set the following values, for example:

Damping value: 2.0 s


Lower range value: 0.0 mbar
Upper range value: 500.0 mbar
Application: Cylinder vessel (CYLIN)
Unit: m3
Lower scaling point: 0.0 m3
Upper scaling point: 10.0 m3

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 107
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.5.6 Characteristic curves

Setting range: Application Characteristic curve


Pressure PRESS Linear, proportional to pressure
Level LEVEL Linear, proportional to level
Volume flow VSLN Linear, square root
Proportional to flow rate, linear up
to the application point (Page 108)
VSOFF Hold at 0, square root
Proportional to flow rate, deactiva‐
ted up to the suppression of the re‐
sidual flow (Page 117)
VSLN2 Two-step linear - square root
Proportional to flow, two-step line‐
ar up to the application point
Volume CYLIN Cylinder vessel
SPHER Sphere vessel
VLIN Linear vessel
CONIC Conical bottom vessel
PARAB Parabolic bottom vessel
HALF Half sphere bottom vessel
FLAT Flat sloped bottom vessel
PARAE Parabolic ends vessel
Mass flow MSLN Linear, square root
Proportional to flow rate, linear up
to the application point (Page 108)
MSOFF Hold at 0, square root
Proportional to flow rate, deactiva‐
ted up to the suppression of the re‐
sidual flow (Page 117)
MSLN2 2 step linear, square root
Proportional to flow, two-step line‐
ar up to the application point
Customized characteristic CUSTM Custom
curve
Factory setting: PRESS, or as specified in order

9.1.6 Application point [06]


Sets the application point from which scaling occurs according to the square root. Before the
application point, the scaling occurs in a linear relationship with the differential pressure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


108 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

This parameter is only visible when you have selected the characteristic curve "Linear, square
root" (VSLIN or MSLIN) using the "Application" parameter.

Setting range: 5 to 15%


Factory setting: 10%

See also
Low flow cut-off [20] (Page 117)

9.1.7 Zero point adjustment [07]

Introduction
A series of factors, such as installation, static pressure, temperature or long-term stability, can
cause zero-point errors.
For special applications (e.g. level measurement for a closed vessel), you have the option of
shifting the zero point to a desired pressure value using the "Zero point adjustment" parameter.
You proceed differently depending on the device version.

9.1.7.1 Adjusting zero point (gauge pressure)

Requirement
The pressure measurement is stable.

Procedure
1. Vent the pressure connection of the device.
2. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
3. Select the "Zero point adjustment" parameter [07].
4. Press the button.
The value "0" appears on the display and the "EDIT" symbol flashes.
5. Set the zero point to 0 or to the desired value.
6. Confirm the value by pressing the button.
7. Change to the measurement view with the button.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 109
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Note
Depending on the damping setting, a settling time elapses until the pressure measurement 0
appears in the measurement view.
• For this reason, vent the pressure connection of the device up to the end of the operation.

Result
• The device displays the pressure measurement 0 in the set unit.
• The effective measuring range is reduced by the amount of the upstream pressure.
Example: With an upstream pressure of 100 mbar, the effective measuring range of a 1-bar
pressure transmitter is reduced to a point between 0 and 0.9 bar.

9.1.7.2 Adjusting the zero point (differential pressure)

Requirement
The pressure measurement is stable.

Procedure
1. Make sure there is identical pressure in the two process connections.
2. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
3. In the parameter view, select the "Zero point adjustment" parameter [07].
4. Press the button.
5. Set the zero point to 0 or to the desired value.
6. Confirm the value by pressing the button.
7. Change to the measurement view with the button.

Note
Depending on the damping setting, a settling time elapses until the pressure measurement 0 is
displayed.
• Make sure there is identical pressure in the two process connections until the end of the
operation.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


110 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Result
• The device displays pressure measurement 0 in the set unit.
• The effective measuring range is reduced by the amount of the upstream pressure.
Example: At a pre-load pressure of 25 mbar, the upper measuring range limit of a 250 mbar
pressure transmitter is reduced to 225 mbar.

9.1.7.3 Adjusting zero point (absolute pressure)

Requirement
You have created a reference pressure that is within the measurement limits.

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the "Zero point adjustment" parameter [07].
3. Press the button.
The value "0" appears on the display and the "EDIT" symbol flashes.
4. Enter the known reference pressure using the or buttons.
5. Confirm the value by pressing the button.
6. Change to the measurement view with the button.

Result
The device displays pressure measurement 0 in the set unit.
Depending on the set damping, the settling time is extended until the pressure measurement 0
is displayed.

Note
For devices for absolute pressure, the lower range value is at vacuum (0 bar a).
The zero point adjustment for devices for absolute pressure that do not measure absolute
pressure (0 bar a) leads to incorrect settings.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 111
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.8 Units [16]

Introduction
Depending on the application of the device that you have selected using the "Application"
parameter, you have the option of selecting a unit:
• Level
• Volume
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
The selected unit is displayed in the measurement view.
Use the remote operation to set the associated unit for the "Customized characteristic curve"
application.

Note
Changing the units during cyclic operation
In PROFIBUS PA, the measured value without unit is transferred immediately to the control
system during cyclic operation.
If you change the unit on the display or via the parameter assignment tool during cyclic
operation, the converted measured value without unit is transferred immediately.
• Example: When you change the unit on the display from 1 bar to 1 000 mbar, 1 000 bar is
displayed in the control system instead of 1 000 mbar.

9.1.8.1 Level units [16]


Selects the unit for the "Level" measurement.
This parameter is only visible when you have selected the "Level" characteristic curve using the
"Application" parameter.

Setting range: m
cm
mm
in
ft
Factory setting: m

9.1.8.2 Volume units [16]


Selects the unit for the "Volume" measurement.
This parameter is only visible when you have selected a volume characteristic curve using the
"Application" parameter.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


112 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Certain units are displayed differently on the display and over remote operation. (Page 98)

Setting range: Display (header line) Display (enumeration) Remote operation


Gal Ga gal
Gal [UK] IGa gal (UK)
l l l
hl hl hl
m3 m3 m3
in3 in3 in3
Ft3 Ft3 ft3
bu bu bu
Yd3 Yd3 yd3
bbl bbl bbl
bbl [US] Ubb bbl (US)
Nl Nl Nl
Nm3 Nm3 Nm3
SCF SCF SCF
Factory setting: m 3

9.1.8.3 Volume flow units [16]


Selects the unit for the "Volume flow" measurement.
This parameter is only visible when you have selected a volume flow characteristic curve using
the "Application" parameter.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 113
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Certain units are displayed differently on the display and over remote operation. (Page 98)

Setting range: Display (header line) Display (enumeration) Remote operation


m3/sec m3/S m³/s
m3/min m3/m m³/min
m3/h m3/h m³/h
m3/d m3/d m³/d
l/Sec l/S l/s
l/min l/m l/min
l/h l/h l/h
Ml/d Ml/d Ml/d
FT3/Sec Ft3/S ft³/s
Ft3/min Ft3/m ft³/min
Ft3/h Ft3/h ft³/h
Ft3/d Ft3/d ft³/d
SCF/min SCF/m SCF/min
SCF/h SCF/h SCF/h
Nl/h Nl/h Nl/h
Nm3/h Nm3/h Nm³/h
Gal[UK]/Sec IGa/S gal (UK)/s
Gal[UK]/min IGa/m gal (UK)/min
Gal [UK]/h IGal/h gal (UK)/h
Gal[UK]/d IGa/d gal (UK)/d
Gal/Sec Ga/S gal/s
Gal/min Ga/m gal/min
Gal/h Ga/h gal/h
Gal/d Ga/d gal/d
Mgal/d MGI/d Mgal/d
bbl/d bbl/d bbl/d
bbl/h bbl/h bbl/h
bbl/min bbl/m bbl/min
bbl/Sec bbl/S bbl/s
Factory setting: m³/s

9.1.8.4 Mass flow units [16]


Selects the unit for the mass flow measurement.
This parameter is only visible when you have selected a mass flow characteristic curve using the
"Application" parameter.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


114 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Certain units are displayed differently on the display and over remote operation. (Page 98)

Setting range: Display (header line) Display (enumeration) Remote operation


KG/Sec KG/S kg/s
Gr/Sec G/S g/s
Gr/min G/m g/min
Gr/h G/h g/h
KG/min KG/m kg/min
KG/h KG/h kg/h
KG/d KG/d kg/d
t/min t/m t/min
t/h t/h t/h
t/d t/d t/d
lb/Sec lb/S lb/s
lb/min lb/m lb/min
lb/h lb/h lb/h
lb/d lb/d lb/d
ton/min sto/m ton/min
ton/h sto/h ton/h
ton/d sto/d ton/d
ton(UK)/h Lto/h ton (UK)/h
ton(UK)/d Lto/d ton (UK)/d
Factory setting: kg/s

9.1.9 Temperature units [17]


Selects the temperature unit for the "Sensor temperature" and "Electronics temperature"
measurements that are displayed in the measurement view.

Setting range: K
°C
°F
°R
Factory setting: °C

9.1.10 Lower output scaling point [18]


Sets the lower range value for the output scaling.
Depending on the application of the device, you set the lower scaling point as follows:

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 115
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Level

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 0m

Volume

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 0 m3

Volume flow

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 0 m3/s
Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value
Factory setting: 0

Mass flow

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 0 kg/s
Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value
Factory setting: 0

Custom units

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: USER DEFINED (custom), or as specified in order

The various applications are described in the section Application [05] (Page 101).

9.1.11 Upper output scaling point [19]


Sets the upper range value for the output scaling.
Depending on the application of the device, you set the upper scaling point as follows:

Level

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 100 m

Volume

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 1000 m3

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


116 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Volume flow

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 1000 m3/s

Mass flow

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: 1000 kg/s

Custom units

Setting range: Freely selectable numeric value


Factory setting: USER DEFINED (custom), or as specified in order

9.1.12 Low flow cut-off [20]


Sets the flow value for the low flow cut-off. The flow value is suppressed up to certain percentage
of the output value.
The parameter is visible when you have selected the "Hold at 0, square root" (VSOFF or MSOFF)
characteristic curve using the "Application" parameter.

Setting range: 0% - 100%


Factory setting: 10%

9.1.13 Vessel dimension A [21]


Sets the height of the vessel bottom for the following vessel shapes:
• Conical bottom vessel (CONIC)
• Parabolic bottom vessel (PARAB)
• Half sphere bottom vessel (HALF)
• Flat sloped bottom vessel (FLAT)
For a lying parabolic ends vessel (PARAE) the set value corresponds to the height of the end
piece.
You can find a figure with the different vessel shapes under "Volume measurement (Page 106)".

Setting range: 0 to 100%


Factory setting: 0%

For the calculated volume to correspond to the actual vessel volume, set the parameters Vessel
dimension A and Vessel dimension L as follows:
• Vessel dimension L + 2 • Vessel dimension A = 100%.
Example: Vessel dimension L is 80% and vessel dimension A is 10%.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 117
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

WARNING
Overfilling the vessel
To avoid overfilling the vessel, set a limit alarm: The limit must be below the maximum
measuring range ① and have a sufficient minimum distance to the top edge of the vessel.

9.1.14 Vessel dimension L [22]


Sets the length of the bottom vessel for a lying parabolic ends vessel (PARAE).
You can find a figure with the different vessel shapes under "Volume measurement (Page 106)".

Setting range: 0 to 100%


Factory setting: 0%

For the calculated volume to correspond to the actual vessel volume, set the parameters Vessel
dimension A and Vessel dimension L as follows:
• Vessel dimension L + 2 • Vessel dimension A = 100%.
Example: Vessel dimension L is 80% and vessel dimension A is 10%.

9.1.15 Button lock [23]

Enables the button lock. You can continue to operate the device using remote operation.

Setting range: ON Button lock enabled


OFF Button lock disabled
Factory setting: OFF

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


118 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.15.1 Enabling button lock

Procedure
1. Navigate into the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. In the parameter view, select the "Button lock" parameter.
3. Press the button.
The "EDIT" symbol flashes.
4. Select ON with the or button.

5. Use the button to confirm.

Result
• The display automatically returns to the measurement view.
• The display automatically changes between the measured values every 12 seconds.
• The symbol for button lock "LL" and the measured value ID are displayed alternately.

Note
For a device without display, you activate the button lock using remote operation.

9.1.15.2 Disabling button lock

Procedure
To disable the button lock, press and hold the button for 5 seconds.

Result
• The symbol for Button lock "LL" is hidden.
• You can operate the device using the buttons.

Note
For a device without display, you deactivate the button lock using remote operation.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 119
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.16 Change user PIN [24]

Used to change the User PIN.

Setting range: 1 to 65535


Factory setting: 2457

Requirement
The "User PIN (Page 123)" parameter is enabled.

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the parameter "Change user PIN".

3. Press the button.


4. Enter the old user PIN.
5. Enter the new user PIN with a value between 1 and 65535.
Changing parameter values (Page 80)

6. Use the button to confirm.


7. Repeat the new user PIN and use the button to confirm.

Result
• If both user PINs match, the "COMPL" message appears.
The user PIN has been successfully changed.
• If the two user PINs do not match, the "FAILD" message appears.
Then repeat the described procedure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


120 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.17 Recovery ID [25]

Shows the recovery ID.


If you have forgotten your user PIN, you will need a recovery ID. The "Recovery ID" parameter
shows a number that is necessary for restoring the user PIN.

Figure 9-1 Example

9.1.17.1 Display Recovery ID

Requirements
The "User PIN" parameter is enabled.

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the "Recovery ID" parameter.
This Recovery ID is displayed.

Result
Please contact the Technical Support (Page 234) with the displayed recovery ID and the serial
number of your device.
You can find the serial number of the device on the nameplate or via remote operation.
Siemens Technical Support will give you a PUK (PIN Unlock Key) that you use to reset the user PIN
to the factory setting 2457.

9.1.18 PIN recovery [26]

Used to reset the user PIN to the factory setting.


The user PIN is factory set to 2457 in the device.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 121
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.18.1 Recovering the user PIN

Requirement
• You have received the PUK from Technical Support. (Page 121)
• The "User PIN (Page 123)" parameter is enabled.

Procedure
1. In the parameter view, select the "PIN recovery" parameter.

2. Press the button.


The cursor and the "EDIT" symbol flash.
3. Enter the digits of the PUK:
– Use the or button to change.
– Use the button to confirm.
– Use the button to delete.
The complete PUK is shown on the top line of the display.

4. When the PUK is complete, use the button to confirm.

Result
• If you have entered the correct PUK, the message "NEW PIN - 2457" appears.
The user PIN has been reset to the factory setting 2457.
• If the PUK was not correctly entered, the message "FAILD" appears.
Then repeat the described procedure.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


122 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.19 User PIN [27]

Used to enable or disable the user PIN.

Setting range: ON Enable user PIN


OFF Disable user PIN
Factory setting: User PIN disabled

When the user PIN is enabled, the measured values and parameters are read-only.
• To change the parameters and use the device functions, the user PIN must be input.
The user PIN 2457 is factory preset in the device.

Note
Write protection is automatically enabled 10 minutes after the last button operation.
• Enter the user PIN.

9.1.19.1 Enable user PIN

Requirement
The User PIN is disabled.

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the parameter "User PIN".
3. Use the button to confirm.
The message "USER PIN ON" (User PIN enabled) appears for 2 seconds.

Result
The User PIN is activated after about 10 minutes or after a device restart.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 123
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.19.2 Disable user PIN

Requirement
The user PIN is enabled.

Procedure
1. Navigate to the parameter view.
Navigating in the views (Page 75)
2. Select the parameter "User PIN".
3. Use the button to confirm.
4. Select YES with the or button.

5. Use the button to confirm.


The message "USER PIN OFF" appears for 2 seconds.

Result
The User PIN is disabled.

9.1.20 Display test [30]


Used to check that numbers, texts and symbols appear correctly on the display.

• To start the Display test, press the button and select "START".
When the Display test is complete, the message "COMPL" appears.
• To cancel the Display test, press the button.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


124 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.21 Start view [32]


Selects the value that is displayed as the first measured value in the measurement view.
For the selection to take effect, change from the parameter view to the measurement view or
restart the device.

Setting range: Edit view Measurement view


PRESS Pressure (P1)
STEMP Sensor temperature (P2)
ETEMP Electronics temperature (P3)
LEVEL Level (P4)
VOL Volume (P5)
VFLOW Volume flow (P6)
MFLOW Mass flow (P7)
USER Customized characteristic curve (P8)
Factory setting: PRESS

Note
To have the process value for "Level", "Volume", "Mass flow", "Volume flow" or "Customized
characteristic curve" shown as the "Start view", first set the associated characteristic curve using
the "Application" parameter.

See also
Characteristic curves (Page 108)

9.1.22 Pressure reference [33]


Used to adapt the display of the pressure unit to your application.

Setting range: NONE Not specified


GAUGE Gauge pressure
ABS Absolute pressure
Factory setting: NONE

See also
Pressure units [01] (Page 97)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 125
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.23 Reset [35]

9.1.23.1 Reset parameters


Used to reset the following settings:

Setting range: Restore ordered configuration CUST


Reset to sensor calibration SENSR
Factory reset FACT

9.1.23.2 Reset to sensor calibration


Resets the zero point and sensor calibration to the factory setting.

9.1.23.3 Restore ordered configuration


With this function you return your device to its delivery state.
• The ordered configuration of the following parameters is restored:
– Pressure units
– Quick start
– Pressure reference
– Long tag (TAG)
– Location designation
– Measuring point description
– Input and output scaling
– Damping value
– Application and related values (e.g.: vessel shapes and application points)
– Custom units
• The parameters that you have not configured via the order are reset to the factory settings.

9.1.23.4 Restore factory settings


With this function you return your device to its factory setting.
The following settings are reset to the factory setting among other things:
• Sensor calibration
• The defaults that you have configured in your order are overwritten with this function.
These defaults can then deviate from the ordered configuration. To restore the ordered
configuration, use the "Restore ordered configuration (Page 126)" parameter.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


126 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

9.1.24 FW version [37]


Displays the firmware version of the device.
You can also find the firmware version on the device nameplate or via remote operation.

9.1.25 Configuration change counter [38]


Displays number of times device configuration or calibration changed, locally or via engineering
system.

9.1.26 Slave address [40]


Sets the station address of the device on the fieldbus.
The parameter can only be set when the device is not in cyclic operation.

Setting range: 0 to 126


Factory setting: 126 or as specified in order

9.1.27 GSD SELECT [41]

Selects the device master data (GSD) file that determines the configuration and functionality of
the device in the control system.
The GSD file contains a device or profile-specific identification number. You will find the
identification number supported by the device on the nameplate.
The parameter can only be set when the device is not in cyclic operation.

Note
When you have selected a GSD file that is not supported by the device, the device does not start
cyclic operation.

Setting range: Display shows Meaning


Auto • The device automatically applies the configuration
and functionality configured in the control system.
The configuration must be one of those listed be‐
low.
• Select this option, for example, to replace SITRANS
P DSIII with SITRANS P420.
b310 Profile V4 - Pressure (pa15B310.gsd)
81dc Manufacturer-specific GSD or SITRANS P320 PA
(siem81DC.gsd)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 127
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

81dd Manufacturer-specific GSD or SITRANS P420


(siem81DD.gsd)
80A6 SITRANS P DSIII/P410 PA (siem80A6.gsd)
8121 SITRANS P300 PA (siem8121.gsd)
b311 Profile V4 - Hydrostatic level (pa15B311.gsd)
b312 Profile V4 - Differential pressure-type flow
(pa15B312.gsd)
9700 • Profile V3 - 1AI (pa139700.gsd)
• Profile V3 - 1AI (pa039700.gsd)
• PA Profile 3 Specific GSD (1 Analog Input)
9740 • Profile V3 - 1AI, TOT (pa139740.gsd)
• PA Profile 3 Specific GSD (1 Analog Input, 1 Total‐
izer)
Factory setting: Auto

9.1.27.1 Startup parameters


With the GSD file as of Profile 4.0, the device offers the option to define specific parameters (e.g.
units) using the so-called startup parameters for PROFIBUS. The startup parameters are
transferred to the devices on each restart.

Procedure in SIMATIC STEP 7 hardware configuration


1. Click on your device.
2. Select the "Object properties" command in the shortcut menu.
3. Go to the "Parameter assignment > Device-specific parameters" tab.
4. Set the parameter "Startup parameters" to "All settings are used".

5. Define the parameter values. (The parameter values are not shown in the previous figure.)
6. Confirm with "OK".

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


128 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.1 Parameter assignment over device with display

Result
• After a system startup or device restart, the parameters are transferred to the device even if
the device is write-protected.
• If you set the parameter "Startup parameters"to "Set via ext. eng. tool" ("Set via external
engineering tool"), the set parameters are not applied by the device after a restart:
The parameters set on the display or via the parameter assignment tool remain the same.

9.1.28 Active GSD (General Station Description) [42]


Shows the GSD file that the device uses in the control system.

Note
When you have selected a GSD file that is not supported by the device, the device does not start
cyclic operation.

Setting range: Indication on the dis‐ Meaning


play
Auto Automatic adaption
NoCyc Cyclic operation not started
b310 Profile V4 - Pressure (pa15B310.gsd)
81dc SITRANS P320 PA (siem81DC.gsd)
81dd SITRANS P420 PA (siem81DD.gsd)
80A6 SITRANS P DSIII/P410 PA (siem80A6.gsd)
8121 SITRANS P300 PA (siem8121.gsd)
b311 Profile V4 - Hydrostatic level (pa15B311.gsd)
b312 Profile V4 - Differential pressure-type flow
(pa15B312.gsd)
9700 • Profile V3 - 1AI (pa139700.gsd)
• Profile V3 - 1AI (pa039700.gsd)
• PA Profile 3 Specific GSD (1 Analog Input)
9740 • Profile V3 - 1AI,TOT (pa139740.gsd)
• PA Profile 3 Specific GSD (1 Analog Input, 1 Total‐
izer)
Factory setting: • SITRANS P420 PA (siem81DD.gsd) or
• SITRANS P320 PA (siem81DC.gsd)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 129
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

9.2.1 Introduction
This section describes the most important parameters and functions that are available
additionally over remote operation:
• "Quick Start" wizard
• Identification (TAG)
• Totalizer
• Simulation
• Customized characteristic curve
• Sensor calibration
• Diagnostics functions
– Limit monitoring and event counter (not available on SITRANS P320)
– Trend log (not available on SITRANS P320)
– Operating hours counter

9.2.2 Quick start


You use the "Quick start" wizard to configure your device in five steps for the required application:
• Step 1: Identification
• Step 2: Application
• Step 3: Scaling
Note that you set the displayed pressure unit with the "Pressure unit" parameter and not with
the wizard.
Set the unit of the selected application (e.g. volume, mass flow) also via the parameter group
"Settings".
• Step 4: Totalizer
• Step 5: Summary
The summary provides an overview of the "old" and "new" parameters.
To store the parameters in SIMATIC PDM and transfer them to the device, click the "Apply"
button.

9.2.3 Identification
Define the data that you need to identify your device under the "Identification" parameter group.
A distinction is made between data you can set yourself and values that are preset in the factory.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


130 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

The default values are write-protected and cannot be changed. The corresponding allocation is
set out in the following example:

Parameter Adjusta‐ Preset Factory setting


ble
Long tag Yes - -
Description Yes - -
Location designation Yes - -
Installation date Yes - -
Device
Manufacturer - Yes Siemens
Product name - Yes SITRANS P420
Article number - Yes e.g. 7MF0440-1GL01-5AF2-Z
Order option 1/Order option 2 - Yes e.g. A01+C11+C12+C14+C20+E00+H01+Y01+Y15+Y21
Hardware version - Yes In accordance with the measuring cell selection/device manufac‐
ture
Firmware version - Yes In accordance with the measuring cell selection/device manufac‐
ture
EDD version - Yes
Serial number - Yes In accordance with the measuring cell selection/device manufac‐
ture
Sensor type - Yes In accordance with the measuring cell selection/device manufac‐
ture
Maximum measuring span - Yes In accordance with the measuring cell selection/device manufac‐
ture

9.2.4 Totalizer
The device has a totalizer that can be used to totalize the mass flow or volume flow.
You can configure the totalizer for measuring the net flow, the low pressure or the high pressure
flow.
In case of a device fault, the following options are available for fail-safe behavior of the totalizer:
- "Hold": Totalizer holds the last value before the error occurred.
- "Continue counting": Totalizer continues counting the current measured value.
- "Count latest good value": Totalizer continues counting starting with the last input value (for
example mass flow) before the error occurred.

Startup parameters
In the SIMATIC STEP 7 hardware configuration, for example, you can set the startup parameters
for the totalizer:
1. Click on your device.
2. Click on the module of the totalizer in the lower area of the station window.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 131
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

3. Select the "Object properties" command in the shortcut menu.


4. Follow the further steps described in the section "Startup parameters".
Startup parameters (Page 128)

9.2.5 Simulation

You can use the device to simulate the following via remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC PDM):
• Input and output values
– Constant pressure values
– Ramp function
• Diagnostics

Note
The simulated pressure value has a direct effect on the configured process value (e.g. volume or
flow rate).

Simulation via FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Activation of the simulations requires the jumper to be inserted.
Insert jumper (Page 61)

9.2.5.1 Simulate constant pressure values

Procedure
To simulate a constant pressure value via remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC PDM), follow these
steps:
1. For the "Simulation mode" parameter, set the "Enabled" option to simulate a constant
pressure value.
2. Select the pressure value ("Process value") to be simulated from the drop-down list under the
"Simulation selection" parameter.
3. For the "Simulation value" parameter, set the desired constant pressure value for the
simulation.
4. Set status to be simulated for the "PV status" parameter.
5. Click "Transfer" to start the simulation.
6. For the "Simulation mode" parameter, set the "Disabled" option to stop the simulation.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


132 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Result
The measured value is replaced by a constant simulation value. The simulation influences the
output signal.
The diagnostic ID "Cb" is displayed on the device.

9.2.5.2 Simulate ramp function


To simulate a ramp function via remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC PDM), follow these steps:
1. For the "Simulation mode" parameter, set the "Ramp" option to simulate a changing pressure
value.
2. Select the pressure value ("Process value") to be simulated from the drop-down list under the
"Simulation selection" parameter.
3. For the "Simulation value" parameter, set the desired start value for the simulation.
4. Set status to be simulated for the "PV status" parameter.
5. Set the "Ramp end" parameter .
6. Set the "Ramp steps" parameter to define the number of steps in the ramp simulation.
7. Set the "Ramp duration" parameter to define the time interval (in seconds) for each step in the
simulation.
8. Click "Transfer" to start the simulation.
9. For the "Simulation mode" parameter, set the "Disabled" option to stop the simulation.

9.2.5.3 Simulate diagnostics

Procedure
To simulate diagnostics via remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC PDM), follow these steps:
1. Open the "Device" menu in SIMATIC PDM and select "Simulation > Diagnostics".
2. To put the device into simulation mode, press the "Enable" button in the "Simulation
diagnostics" tab.
(Button switches between "Enable" and "Disable").
3. Select the diagnostics you want to simulate from the drop-down box of the "Diagnostics" field.
4. Select "Action" for each selected diagnostic action to be simulated: "On" or "Off".
5. To start the simulation, click on the "Apply and transfer" button.
The diagnostic status of the simulation selected for each diagnostic is displayed in additional
tabs in the dialog box. The simulated diagnostics is indicated by a check mark in the check box.

End diagnostics simulation


You close the simulation in the "Diagnostics simulation" tab:
• To disable a specific diagnostic action, click "Off" (under the "Action" field).
• To end the diagnostics simulation, click on the "Disable" button.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 133
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

WARNING
When diagnostics simulation is enabled, diagnostic events of the real process are neither
recorded nor evaluated.
With activated diagnostics simulation, the diagnostics ID and "SIMUL" are displayed on the
device display.
Stop diagnostics simulation immediately after use:
• Click "Disable" in the "Diagnostics simulation" tab before you close the "Diagnostics" dialog.
• Alternatively, you can restart the device.

9.2.6 Customized characteristic curve

9.2.6.1 Introduction
For special applications, a customized characteristic curve is available.
This application is used, for example, for volume measurement in vessels with unusual shapes.
You specify the relationship between the input pressure and output value flow in accordance
with your user-specific requirements.
You have up to 32 breakpoints available for this, which you enter using the engineering system
and display graphically.

Example
For measurement with the customized characteristic curve, you set the following values, for
example:

Damping value: 2.0 s


Lower range value: 0 bar
Upper range value: 10 bar
Application: Custom (CUSTM)
Unit: Cans
Lower scaling point: 0 cans
Upper scaling point: 250 cans
x values: 0%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 100%
y values: 0%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 100%

9.2.6.2 Custom unit parameter


Selects a custom unit.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


134 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

The selected unit is displayed in the measurement view.

Setting range: Up to 12 characters


Factory setting: 0 or as specified in order

This parameter is only visible when you have selected a custom characteristic curve using the
"Application" parameter.

9.2.6.3 Set customized characteristic curve

Requirement
• You have set the "Customized characteristic curve" application.
• You have set a custom unit.
• You have set the lower scaling point and the upper scaling point.

Procedure
1. Select the "Customized characteristic curve" menu.
2. Read the data from the device.
3. Enter the desired number of breakpoints.
You can enter a minimum of two and up to 32 breakpoints.
4. Enter the x values and y values.
Note
The x values must increase monotonically. Otherwise, the x values are not accepted by the
device.
The characteristic curve is displayed as diagram.
The x values are shown as pressure value or as percentage of the set pressure range.
The y values are displayed in the user-specific unit or as a percentage of the configured user-
specific range.
5. Transfer the characteristic to the device.

Result
The output value now follows the set characteristic curve.
Values below the first breakpoint or above the last breakpoint are extrapolated.

9.2.7 Sensor calibration

You use the sensor calibration to set the characteristic curve of the device at two trim points. The
results are then correct measured values at the sensor trim points.
The sensor trim points can be selected as any points within the nominal range.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 135
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Devices that are not turned down prior to delivery are trimmed at 0 bar and the high limit of the
nominal range.
Devices that are turned down prior to delivery are trimmed at the low and high limits of the set
measuring range.

Examples
• For a particular device that is not turned down (e.g. 63 bar), the typical measured value is
50 bar. To attain the highest possible accuracy for this value, set the upper sensor trim at
50 bar.
• A 63-bar pressure transmitter is turned down to 4 to 7 bar. You can attain the highest possible
accuracy by selecting 4 bar for the low trim point and 7 bar for the high trim point.
• A 250-mbar absolute pressure transmitter shows 25 mbar at 20 mbar. A reference pressure
of 20 mbar is available. To correct the zero point, perform a sensor trim at the lower trim point
with 20 mbar.
Note
Use a test device whose accuracy is at least three times as high as the accuracy of the pressure
transmitter.

Sensor calibration at the low calibration point


1. Use remote control (e.g. SIMATIC PDM) to select the menu command "Device > Sensor
calibration".
2. Apply the pressure for the low calibration point at the device.
3. Apply the pressure value that you have created and assign the pressure value to the device.
The device applies the set value.
The device carries out an offset correction of the characteristic curve.

Sensor calibration at the high calibration point


1. Use remote control (e.g. SIMATIC PDM) to select the menu command "Device > Sensor
calibration".
2. Apply the pressure for the high calibration point at the device.
The high calibration point needs to be greater than the low calibration point.
3. Apply the pressure value that you have created and assign the pressure value to the device.
The device applies the set value.
The device carries out an offset correction of the characteristic curve.
The low calibration point is not affected by this.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


136 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Result

 $% 3DUDOOHOVKLIW
0HDVXUHG
SUHVVXUHS %  %& ,QFOLQHFKDQJH

 &

/RZ +LJK 'HIDXOW


FDOLEUDWLRQSRLQW FDOLEUDWLRQSRLQW SUHVVXUH

A Original characteristic
B Characteristics after sensor calibration at the low calibration point
C Characteristics after sensor calibration at the high calibration point

9.2.8 Diagnostics functions

9.2.8.1 Limit monitoring and event counter

Introduction
With the limit monitoring and event counter function, the following options are available to you
via remote operation (e.g. SIMATIC PDM):
• Monitoring process values
• Counting events based on configured limits
• Triggering, acknowledging and resetting process value alarms and warnings.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 137
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Configuring limit monitoring

Procedure
1. Select the menu command "Device > Limit monitoring and event counter".
The "Limit monitoring" tabs are displayed.
2. To trigger a process value alarm each time the value falls below or exceeds the limit, set the
"Limit monitoring" text box to "Enabled".
3. Select the process value (e.g. sensor temperature) that you want to monitor from the
"Monitored value" drop-down list.
Configure only one process value per tab.
4. In the "Upper limit", "Lower limit" and "Hysteresis" text boxes, enter the values that trigger an
event.
If the process value rises above the upper limit (overrun) or falls below the lower limit
(underrun), an event is counted based on the configured value for the hysteresis.
Hysteresis (Page 140)
5. If necessary, configure the event counter.
Configuring the event counter (Page 138)
6. Click on "Transfer".

Result
The process value alarm is displayed as a symbol for the status in the "Diagnostics > Device state"
dialog of the engineering system and on the device screen.
It is not necessary to acknowledge the process value alarms.
If the monitored process value is again within the limit values, the process value alarm is reset.

Configuring the event counter

Requirement
You have configured the following values in limit monitoring:
• Upper limit
• Lower limit
• Hysteresis
Configuring limit monitoring (Page 138)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


138 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Procedure
1. In the "Limit" text box, enter the number of underrun and overrun events that must be
reached in order to trigger the action for underrun and overrun respectively.
2. From the "Action" drop-down list, select whether process value alarms or warnings
(maintenance demanded and maintenance required) are triggered.
– If you set the action to "Disabled", no new process value alarms or warnings for the set
limit values are triggered, although the counter remains in operation.
All process value alarms and warnings that were triggered before the action was set to
Disabled remain pending until the event counter is reset.
3. Click on "Transfer".

Result
The configured diagnostics are triggered after the specified number of limit violations has been
reached (e.g. Maintenance required).
Process value alarms and warnings are displayed as symbols for the status in the "Diagnostics >
Device state" dialog in the engineering system and on the device screen.
These process value alarms and warnings must be acknowledged.
Acknowledging process value alarms and warnings (Page 139)

Acknowledging process value alarms and warnings

Requirement
You have configured the event counter.
Configuring the event counter (Page 138)

Procedure
1. Select the menu command "Device > Limit monitoring and event counter".
2. Click "Reset and acknowledge".

Result
Process value alarms and warnings are acknowledged and deleted.
The event counter is reset.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 139
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Hysteresis
The hysteresis works as follows:

/LPLWVZLWKK\ᚔHUHVLV $ %
0RQLWRUHGYDOXH   

8SSHUOLPLW
+\ᚔHUHVLV

+\ᚔHUHVLV
/RZHUOLPLW
7LPH

  

/LPLWVZLWKRXWK\ᚔHUHVLV
& '
0RQLWRUHGYDOXH  

8SSHUOLPLW

/RZHUOLPLW
7LPH

 

Limits with hysteresis


If you enter a non-zero value in the "Hysteresis" text box, the hysteresis is disabled.

Upper limit with hysteresis (A)


An overrun event is counted when the process value rises above the upper limit ①.
The next overrun event is counted when the process value falls below the lower limit minus the
entered hysteresis② and then rises above the upper limit③.
Two events are counted in the displayed time period within 'A'.

Lower limit with hysteresis (B)


An underrun event is counted when the process value falls below the lower limit ①.
The next underrun event is counted when the process value first rises above the lower limit plus
the entered hysteresis②, and then falls below the lower limit③.
Within 'B', two events are counted in the displayed period.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


140 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Limits without hysteresis


If you enter the value "zero" in the "Hysteresis" text box, the hysteresis is disabled.

Upper limit without hysteresis (C)


An overrun event is counted when the process value rises above the upper limit①.
The next overrun event is counted when the process value falls below the upper limit② by any
value, and then rises above the upper limit②.
Within 'C', three events are counted in the displayed period.

Lower limit without hysteresis (D)


An underrun event is counted when the process value falls below the lower limit① by any value.
If the process value falls below the lower limit by any value ②, the next underrun event is
counted again.
Two events are counted in the displayed period within 'D'.

See also
Configuring limit monitoring (Page 138)

9.2.8.2 Trend log

Set trend log


1. Select the menu command "Device > Trend log settings".
2. Define the number of process values you wish to log.
3. Use the "Logging behavior" parameter to define the buffer behavior.
– To fill the buffer with a variable number of logging points between 1 to 735 per process
value, select "Fill and stop".
The buffer is deleted and filled up to the number of set logging points. Then logging is
stopped.
– If you select the buffer behavior "Overwrite", the buffer is completely deleted. After the
buffer size of 735 logging points per process value has been reached, the 15 oldest
logging points are cyclically replaced with 15 new logging points.
4. In the "Logging interval" parameter, enter the interval in seconds between the logging points.
5. Select the process values you want to record.
6. Click on "Transfer" to write the log settings to the device.
The buffer with the existing logging points is deleted and overwritten with new logging
points.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 141
Parameter assignment
9.2 Parameter assignment over remote operation

Show trend log


1. Select the menu command "Diagnostics > Trend log".
2. Click on "Read".
– The number of available process values is displayed.
– The current number of logging points per process value that are already in the buffer is
displayed.
– The time stamp for the start time is displayed.
3. To show the first or second process value in the chart, enable the associated check box.
4. Click on "Read".
– The logging points in the buffer are read from the device and shown in the chart.
– The process values for pressure and sensor temperature are shown in different colors in
the chart.
When you click on "Reset", the buffer is deleted and trend logging starts again.

9.2.8.3 Operating hours counter

Operating hours counter for transmitter electronics


• Monitors the number of operating hours during which the transmitter remained in
continuous operation.
• Starts with the first commissioning at the factory.
• The operating hours counter cannot be reset or adjusted.

Operating hours counter for sensor electronics


• Is only displayed when the measuring transducer electronics was replaced.
• Monitors the number of operating hours during which the sensor electronics remained in
continuous operation.
To display the operating time and the operating time sensor, if available, use remote operation
(e.g. SIMATIC PDM) to select the menu command "Diagnostics > Device status".

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


142 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Service and maintenance 10
10.1 Basic safety instructions
The device is maintenance-free. However, a periodic inspection according to pertinent directives
and regulations must be carried out.
An inspection can include, for example, check of:
• Ambient conditions
• Seal integrity of the process connections, cable entries, and cover
• Reliability of power supply, lightning protection, and grounds

WARNING
Dust layers above 5 mm
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas.
Device may overheat due to dust build up.
• Remove dust layers in excess of 5 mm.

WARNING
Use of a computer in a hazardous area
If the interface to the computer is used in the hazardous area, there is a risk of explosion.
• Ensure that the atmosphere is explosion-free (hot work permit).

CAUTION
Releasing button lock
Improper modification of parameters could influence process safety.
• Make sure that only authorized personnel may cancel the button locking of devices for
safety-related applications.

NOTICE
Penetration of moisture into the device
Damage to device.
• Make sure when carrying out cleaning and maintenance work that no moisture penetrates
the inside of the device.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 143
Service and maintenance
10.3 Maintenance and repair work

10.2 Cleaning

Cleaning the enclosure


• Clean the outside of the enclosure with the inscriptions and the display window using a cloth
moistened with water or a mild detergent.
• Do not use any aggressive cleansing agents or solvents, e.g. acetone. Plastic parts or the
painted surface could be damaged. The inscriptions could become unreadable.

NOTICE
Improper cleaning of diaphragm
Damage to device. The diaphragm can be damaged.
• Do not use sharp or hard objects to clean the diaphragm.

10.2.1 Servicing the remote seal measuring system


The remote seal measuring system usually does not need servicing.
If the mediums are contaminated, viscous or crystallized, it could be necessary to clean the
diaphragm from time to time. Use only a suitable solvent to remove the deposits from the
diaphragm. Do not use corrosive cleaning agents. Prevent the diaphragm from getting damaged
due to sharp-edged tools.

10.3 Maintenance and repair work

WARNING
Impermissible repair of explosion protected devices
Risk of explosion in hazardous areas
• Repair must be carried out by Siemens authorized personnel only.

CAUTION
Hot surfaces
Risk of burns during maintenance work on parts having surface temperatures exceeding 70 °C
(158 °F).
• Take corresponding protective measures, for example by wearing protective gloves.
• After carrying out maintenance, remount touch protection measures.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


144 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Service and maintenance
10.3 Maintenance and repair work

10.3.1 Defining the maintenance interval

WARNING
No maintenance interval has been defined
Device failure, device damage, and risk of injury.
• Define a maintenance interval for recurring tests depending on the use of the device and
your own experience.
• The maintenance interval will vary from site to site depending on corrosion resistance.

WARNING
Maintenance during continued operation in a hazardous area
There is a risk of explosion when carrying out repairs and maintenance on the device in a
hazardous area.
• Isolate the device from power.
- or -
• Ensure that the atmosphere is explosion-free (hot work permit).

WARNING
Impermissible accessories and spare parts
Risk of explosion in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Only use original accessories or original spare parts.
• Observe all relevant installation and safety instructions described in the instructions for the
device or enclosed with the accessory or spare part.

WARNING
Hot, toxic or corrosive process media
Risk of injury during maintenance work.
When working on the process connection, hot, toxic or corrosive process media could be
released.
• As long as the device is under pressure, do not loosen process connections and do not
remove any parts that are pressurized.
• Before opening or removing the device ensure that process media cannot be released.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 145
Service and maintenance
10.3 Maintenance and repair work

WARNING
Improper connection after maintenance
Risk of explosion in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Connect the device correctly after maintenance.
• Close the device after maintenance work.
Refer to Technical data (Page 163).

10.3.2 Checking the seals

Inspect the seals at regular intervals

Note
Incorrect seal changes
Incorrect measured values will be displayed. Changing the seals in a process flange of a
differential pressure measuring cell can alter the lower range value.
• Changing seals in devices with differential pressure measuring cells may only be carried out
by personnel authorized by Siemens.

Note
Using the wrong seals
Using the wrong seals with flush-mounted process connections can cause measuring errors and/
or damage the diaphragm.
• Always use seals which comply with the process connection standards or are recommended
by Siemens.

1. Clean the enclosure and seals.


2. Check the enclosure and the seals for cracks and damage.
3. If necessary, lubricate the seals or replace them.

10.3.3 Check cable glands


• Check the tightness of the cable glands at regular intervals.
• Tighten the cable glands if necessary.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


146 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Service and maintenance
10.4 Replacing spare parts

10.4 Replacing spare parts

10.4.1 Replacing electrical connections and cable entries

Procedure
1. Read the operating data and the approval information on the nameplates of your device.
2. Order a suitable electrical connection or cable entry for your device (cable gland, sealing plug
or device plug).
To do this, use the article number "7MF7906-..".

Notes for cable glands and device plugs


• When you order a cable gland or a device plug as spare part, consider the following criteria:
– Thread
– Material
– Approval
– IP degree of protection
– Permissible ambient temperature
• The permissible ambient temperature for devices with dust explosion protection deviates
from the permissible ambient temperature of the cable gland and the device plug.
You should therefore not use any cable glands or device plugs from third-party
manufacturers for devices with dust explosion protection.

10.4.2 Replacing the display

10.4.2.1 Removing the display


1. De-energize the device.
2. Use a 3 mm Allen key to loosen the front safety catch.
3. Unscrew the front cover.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 147
Service and maintenance
10.4 Replacing spare parts

4. Remove the display from the holder.

5. Disconnect the cable of the display from the 4-pole connector ①.

10.4.2.2 Installing the display


1. Connect the cable of the display with the 4-pole connector ① by observing the poling:

2. Fasten the display in the holder.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


148 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Service and maintenance
10.5 Return procedure

10.4.3 Replacing the termination board

Removing the termination board


1. De-energize the device.
2. Use a 3 mm Allen key to loosen the front safety catch ②.
3. Open the cover of the electronic connection compartment.
4. Disconnect the cables from the termination board.
5. On the left and right side, remove the recessed-head screws ① that hold the termination
board to the enclosure.
6. Remove the termination board.

Installing the termination board


1. Insert the new termination board so that its contact pins ③ fit on the rear of the termination
board.
2. Work in the reverse order to that described in "Removing the termination board".

10.5 Return procedure


Enclose the bill of lading, return document and decontamination certificate in a clear plastic
pouch and attach it firmly to the outside of the packaging.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 149
Service and maintenance
10.5 Return procedure

Required forms
• Delivery note
• Return document (http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/returngoodsnote)
with the following information:
– Product (item description)
– Number of returned devices/replacement parts
– Reason for returning the item(s)
• Declaration of decontamination (http://www.siemens.com/sc/
declarationofdecontamination)
With this declaration you warrant "that the device/replacement part has been carefully
cleaned and is free of residues. The device/replacement part does not pose a hazard for
humans and the environment."
If the returned device/replacement part has come into contact with poisonous, corrosive,
flammable or water-contaminating substances, you must thoroughly clean and
decontaminate the device/replacement part before returning it in order to ensure that all
hollow areas are free from hazardous substances. Check the item after it has been cleaned.
Any devices/replacement parts returned without a decontamination declaration will be
cleaned at your expense before further processing.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


150 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Diagnostics and troubleshooting 11
11.1 Device status symbols
Device status is shown using symbols on the local display. Additionally, the symbol and
respective text message for each device status can be seen in remote engineering, asset
management or process control systems.
Locally, alarms are shown as a symbol in the lower line of the display. If several diagnostic states
are active at the same time, the symbol for the most critical state is shown.

Device status characteristics


The following table provides possible cause of device status and actions for the user or service.
The symbols used on the local display are based on NAMUR status signals, whereas symbols used
in SIMATIC PDM are based on Siemens standard alarm classes.

Note
Device status priority conflict - Namur vs Siemens standard
When more than one diagnostic event is active simultaneously, a conflict in priorities may arise.
In this case, the Namur symbol on the local display will differ from that shown in SIMATIC PDM.
• For example: if both diagnostic states "Maintenance demanded" and "Configuration error"
are active,
– Local display (using Namur symbols) will show "Configuration error" as higher priority.
– SIMATIC PDM (using Siemens standard symbols) will show "Maintenance demanded" as
higher priority.
Be aware of the priority for each device status, depending on the interface used.

Note
Priorities of the NAMUR device status
This device only used the priorities of the NAMUR device status based on the NE 107
specification.

Device status symbols

Display – NAMUR NE 107 SIMATIC PDM/PLC


Symbol Device status Priority * Symbol Device status Priority *
Failure 1 Maintenance alarm 1

Cause: Output signal invalid due to fault in the field device or in the peripherals.
Measure: Maintenance is required immediately.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 151
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.1 Device status symbols

Display – NAMUR NE 107 SIMATIC PDM/PLC


Symbol Device status Priority * Symbol Device status Priority *
Maintenance re‐ 4 Maintenance demanded 2
quired

Cause:Output signal is still valid, but wear reserve is almost exhausted and/or a function will be limited soon.
Measure:Maintenance is strongly recommended as soon as possible.

Maintenance re‐ 4 Maintenance required 3


quired

Cause: The output signal is still valid. No functional restrictions have been determined but the wear reservice will most likely
be exhausted in the next few weeks.
Measure: Maintenance of device should be planned.

Function test 2 Manual operation 4

Cause: Output signal temporarily invalid (e.g. frozen) due to work being performed on the device.
Measure: Manual mode over HMI or disable the engineering system.

Function test 2 Simulation mode 5

Cause: The output signal does temporarily not reflect the process because the output is based on a simulation value.
Measure: Simulation mode over HMI or disable the engineering system or restart device.

Failure 1 Out of service 6

Cause: The output signal does not represent the process value. The device mode is set to "Out of service".
Measure: Disable "Out of service" and enable normal operation.

Failure 1 Configuration error 7

(red)
Cause: Output signal invalid due to parameter setting, connection error or configuration error in the HW.
Measure: Check hardware configuration of the device over HMI or engineering system.

Out of specifica‐ 3 Process value alarm 8


tion

Cause: Deviations from permissible ambient or process conditions detected by the device (by means of self-monitoring or
based on warnings/errors in the device) indicate that the measured value is unreliable or that deviations from the set value in
the actuators are most likely greater than anticipated under normal operating conditions.
Process or ambient conditions can damage the device or result in unreliable results.
Measure: Check ambient temperature or process conditions. If possible, install device at different location.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


152 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.2 Diagnostic messages

Display – NAMUR NE 107 SIMATIC PDM/PLC


Symbol Device status Priority * Symbol Device status Priority *
Function test 2 Configuration warning 9

(yellow)
Cause: Safety validation is not complete.
Measure: Acknowledge safety event in the Functional Safety menu and repeat safety commissioning.

Out of specifica‐ 3 Process value warning 10


tion

Cause: Deviations from permissible ambient or process conditions detected by the device (by means of self-monitoring or
based on warnings/errors in the device) indicate that the measured value is unreliable or that deviations from the set value in
the actuators are most likely greater than anticipated under normal operating conditions.
Process or ambient conditions can damage the device or result in unreliable results.
Measure: Check ambient temperature or process conditions. If possible, install device at different location.

No symbol is Process value tolerance 11


displayed
Cause: At least one process value violates one of the process tolerance limits set in the device parameters.
Measure: Check the parameter settings for limits for this application.

No symbol is No symbol is Configuration changed 12


displayed displayed
Cause:The device configuration has changed due to a work process.
Measure: Reset configuration bit memory to delete the diagnostic message.

No symbol is Good – OK No symbol is No assignment 13


displayed displayed
Cause: Device state ok. No errors from active diagnostics.
Measure: No action required.

* The smallest number indicates the highest level of error severity.


** In SIMATIC PDM, the Siemens standard symbol as well as the corresponding NA\ symbol is
displayed (by the device display).

11.2 Diagnostic messages


The following table shows the IDs of diagnostic messages and possible causes and instructions
for corrective actions.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 153
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.2 Diagnostic messages

Depending on the communication and configuration of your device, certain diagnostic


messages are not applicable.

ID Symbols Message Cause/Remedy


A0 Event counter 1 The number of overruns of the process value (set in parameters "Up‐
Number overruns above thresh‐ per limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
old Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
A1 Event counter 1 The number of underruns of the process value (set in parameters
Number underruns above "Lower limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
threshold Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Process value alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
A2 Event counter 1 The number of underruns of the process value (set in parameters
Number underruns above "Lower limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
threshold Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance required Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
A3 Event counter 1 The number of underruns of the process value (set in parameters
Number underruns above "Lower limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
threshold Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
A4 Event counter 2 The number of overruns of the process value (set in parameters "Up‐
Number overruns above thresh‐ per limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
old Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Process value alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
A6 Event counter 2 The number of overruns of the process value (set in parameters "Up‐
Number overruns above thresh‐ per limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
old Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance required Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
A7 Event counter 2 The number of overruns of the process value (set in parameters "Up‐
Number overruns above thresh‐ per limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
old Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
A8 Event counter 2 The number of underruns of the process value (set in parameters
Number underruns above "Lower limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
threshold Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Process value alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


154 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.2 Diagnostic messages

ID Symbols Message Cause/Remedy


A9 Event counter 2 The number of underruns of the process value (set in parameters
Number underruns above "Lower limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
threshold Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance required Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
AA Device lifetime: Maintenance Forthcoming end of configured device's lifetime.
demanded Maintenance is strongly recommended as soon as possible.

Ab Device lifetime: Maintenance Forthcoming end of configured device's lifetime.


required Maintenance of device should be planned.

AC Sensor lifetime: Maintenance Forthcoming end of configured sensor's lifetime.


demanded Maintenance is strongly recommended as soon as possible.

Ad Sensor lifetime: Maintenance Forthcoming end of configured sensor's lifetime.


required Maintenance of device should be planned.

AE Service: Maintenance deman‐ Forthcoming end of the configured service interval.


ded Maintenance is strongly recommended as soon as possible.

AF Service: Maintenance required Forthcoming end of the configured service interval.


Maintenance of device should be planned.

AG Calibration: Maintenance de‐ Forthcoming end of the calibration interval.


manded Maintenance is strongly recommended as soon as possible.

AH Calibration: Maintenance re‐ Forthcoming end of the calibration interval.


quired Maintenance of device should be planned.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 155
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.2 Diagnostic messages

ID Symbols Message Cause/Remedy


AJ Limit monitoring 1 Monitored value is above limit (set in parameter "Upper limit").
Above limit
Process value alarm

AL Limit monitoring 1 Monitored value is below limit (set in parameter "Lower limit").
Below limit
Process value alarm

An Limit monitoring 2 Monitored value is above limit (set in parameter "Upper limit").
Above limit
Process value alarm

Ao Limit monitoring 2 Monitored value is below limit (set in parameter "Lower limit").
Below limit
Process value alarm

AU Event counter 1 The number of overruns of the process value (set in parameters "Up‐
Number overruns above thresh‐ per limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
old Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Process value alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
AY Event counter 1 The number of overruns of the process value (set in parameters "Up‐
Number overruns above thresh‐ per limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
old Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance required Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
bE Out of service The output signal does not represent the process value. The device
Maintenance alarm mode is set to "Out of service".
Repair required. Contact Technical Support.

bL Device restart due to unexpec‐ Watchdog function has detected an internal device error.
ted program error Restart the device.
Maintenance alarm If the problem persists, contact Technical Support.

bn Alarm sensor limit exceeded Process value has reached the sensor limit.
Process value alarm Review process conditions versus product specifications.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


156 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.2 Diagnostic messages

ID Symbols Message Cause/Remedy


bS Event counter 2 The number of underruns of the process value (set in parameters
Number underruns above "Lower limit" and "Monitored value") has reached the threshold.
threshold Reset and acknowledge event counter.
Maintenance alarm Check process conditions.
Check limit monitoring and event counter settings.
CA Simulation mode The device is in simulation mode and one or more of its device varia‐
bles are not representative of the process.
Disable the simulation to return to normal operation.

Cb Diagnostics simulated The device is in simulation mode.


Simulation mode Disable the simulation to return to normal operation.

Co Loop current fixed The loop current is being held at a fixed value and is not responding to
Manual operation process variations.
Enter the loop current output value for simulation.
Disable the simulation to return to normal operation.

CP Loop current in saturation The loop current has reached its upper (or lower) saturation limit and
Process value warning cannot increase (or decrease) any further.
Adjust loop current scaling.

CU PV status: uncertain The value is outside of the physical sensor range. Accuracy may de‐
Process value alarm crease.
Check for changes in process conditions or obstructions in vessel.

CY PV status: bad The measured value is 10% higher than the physical sensor range.
Maintenance alarm Review process conditions versus product specifications.
Use a device that fulfills your process conditions.

Fb Supply voltage below limit. The supply voltage is too low.


Maintenance demanded Make sure input voltage is within product specification.

FC Supply voltage above limit The supply voltage is too high.


Maintenance alarm Make sure input voltage is within product specification.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 157
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.2 Diagnostic messages

ID Symbols Message Cause/Remedy


FE Loop current read back error The loop current does not correspond to the expected value.
Maintenance demanded Check DAC trim settings.
Restore to factory DAC calibration.
If the problem persists, contact Technical Support.

FJ Process conditions outside the Uncertain values due to process conditions.


specification Check installation for abnormal operating conditions.
Process value warning

Fn Connection error to sensor elec‐ Potential product damage.


tronics. Restart the device.
Maintenance alarm If error continues, sensor electronics may have a defect.
Repair required. Contact Technical Support.

Fo Sensor break Potential product damage.


Maintenance alarm Sensor has malfunctioned.
A replacement of sensor is recommended.
Contact Technical Support.

Fr Internal power supply is out of A replacement of the device is recommended.


allowable range. Contact Technical Support.
Process value warning

FS Electronics defect Defect of device electronics.


Maintenance alarm A replacement of the device is recommended.
Contact Technical Support.

L - The device is write-protected by a jumper.

LA - Incorrect PIN entered 3 times. Try again in some minutes.

Lb User PIN unchanged The default user PIN is being used.


Configuration warning Enter a new user PIN to optimally protect the device.

(yellow)
LL - Button lock is enabled.

LP - Parameters and device functions are write-protected with a user PIN.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


158 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.3 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

ID Symbols Message Cause/Remedy


SA Non-volatile memory check fail‐ Device electronics error.
ure Restart the device.
Maintenance alarm If error continues, device electronics may have a defect.
Repair is required. Contact Technical Support.

Sb Volatile memory check failure Device electronics error.


Maintenance alarm Restart the device.
If error continues, device electronics may have a defect.
Repair is required. Contact Technical Support.

SC Invalid device configuration One or more of parameters are set to invalid values.
Configuration error Review configuration values and adjust as necessary.

(red)
St Safety validation mode Device is in safety validation mode.
Configuration warning Complete the functional test and confirm that it was successful in the
Functional Safety wizard.

(yellow)
SU Safety critical device error Acknowledge the error in menu "Functional Safety". If the device does
Maintenance alarm not display an error, repeat the safety start up.
If the problem persists, contact Technical Support.

11.3 FOUNDATION Fieldbus


In the Resource Block, you assign the various events to a device status using the following
parameters:

Parameter NAMUR NE107


FD_CHECK_MAP

FD_OFFSPEC_MAP

FD_MAINT_MAP

FD_FAIL_MAP

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 159
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.3 FOUNDATION Fieldbus

Configuration

Note
Display of the device status on the display
The display always shows the device status after the configuration set in the factory.
Exception: For events that are marked with (*) in the following table, the changed device states
are transferred to the display.

The device is delivered with the following configuration:

Bit Event FD_CHECK_MAP FD_OFFSPEC_MAP FD_MAINT_MAP FD_FAIL_MAP


7 Simulated or substi‐ ☑ ☐ ☐ ☐
tute value
8 PV status simulated ☑ ☐ ☐ ☐
9 Internal power supply ☑ ☐ ☐ ☐
is out of permitted
range
10 Process conditions ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
outside the specifica‐
tion
11 Alarm sensor limit ex‐ ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
ceeded
12 Process value 1 above ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
limit*
13 Process value 1 below ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
limit*
14 Process value 2 above ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
limit*
15 Process value 2 below ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
limit*
18 PV status: uncertain ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
19 Process value 1 over‐ ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
run event counter*
20 Process value 1 under‐ ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
run event counter*
21 Process value 2 over‐ ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
run event counter*
22 Process value 2 under‐ ☐ ☑ ☐ ☐
run event counter*
25 Maintenance required ☐ ☐ ☑ ☐
26 Maintenance deman‐ ☐ ☐ ☑ ☐
ded
27 Device restart due to ☐ ☐ ☐ ☑
unexpected program
error
28 Out of service ☐ ☐ ☐ ☑
29 Connection failure to ☐ ☐ ☐ ☑
sensor electronics

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


160 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.4 Troubleshooting

Bit Event FD_CHECK_MAP FD_OFFSPEC_MAP FD_MAINT_MAP FD_FAIL_MAP


30 Sensor break ☐ ☐ ☐ ☑
31 Electronics defect ☐ ☐ ☐ ☑

11.4 Troubleshooting

Symptom Cause of error Remedy


Display empty or No or incorrect supply voltage Check the voltage at the terminals, the connections and
shows "INIT" the wiring.
Display shows Value too large to appear on the display Adjust the unit so that a lower value can be displayed.
"#####" instead
of the current
measured value

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 161
Diagnostics and troubleshooting
11.4 Troubleshooting

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


162 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data 12
12.1 Input

12.1.1 Gauge pressure

Gauge pressure input


Measurand Gauge pressure
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Maximum test
ly adjustable) or measuring operating pressure MAWP (PS) pressure
range, max. operating pres‐ 8.3 … 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
sure (in accordance with
2014/68/EU Pressure Equip‐ 0.83 ... 25 kPa 0.4 MPa 0.6 MPa
ment Directive) and max. test 0.12 … 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
pressure (in accordance with 0.01 … 1 bar 6 bar 9 bar
DIN 16086) (for oxygen meas‐
1 ... 100 kPa 0.6 MPa 0.9 MPa
urement, max. 100 bar and
60 °C ambient temperature/ 0.15 … 14.5 psi 87 psi 130 psi
process temperature) 0.04 … 4 bar 20 bar 30 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 2 MPa 3 MPa
0.58 … 58 psi 290 psi 435 psi
0.16 … 16 bar 45 bar 70 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa 4.5 MPa 7 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi 652 psi 1015 psi
0.63 … 63 bar 80 bar 120 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa 8 MPa 12 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi 1160 psi 1740 psi
1.6 … 160 bar 240 bar 360 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 24 MPa 36 MPa
23 … 2321 psi 3480 psi 5221 psi
4 … 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 … 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 … 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 ... 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi

Gauge pressure measuring limits


Low measuring limit2)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 163
Technical data
12.1 Input

Gauge pressure measuring limits


• Measuring cell with inert oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. range (for oxygen measurement: max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi
and 60 °C ambient temperature/medium temperature)
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (continuously adjustable)
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.
For 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the low measuring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/
2)

10.8 psi a. The measuring cell is vacuum-tight down to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.

12.1.2 Gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm

Gauge pressure input with front-flush diaphragm


Measurand Gauge pressure
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Maximum test
ly adjustable) or measuring operating pressure MAWP (PS) pressure
range, max. operating pres‐ 0.01 … 1 bar Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure
sure and max. test pressure transmitter and the data on the mounting flange2)
1 ... 100 kPa
0.15 … 14.5 psi
0.04 … 4 bar
4 ... 400 kPa
0.58 … 58 psi
0.16 … 16 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi
0.6 … 63 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.
2)
The MAWP value of the pressure transmitter can be lower than the PN value of the mounting
flange and vice versa. To determine the maximum permissible operating pressure and the
maximum permissible test pressure, use the lowest value as reference.

Gauge pressure measuring limits with front-flush dia‐


phragm
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


164 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.1 Input

Gauge pressure measuring limits with front-flush dia‐


phragm
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. range

12.1.3 Gauge pressure from the differential pressure series

Gauge pressure input from the differential pressure series


Measurand Gauge pressure and differential pressure
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Max. permissible
ly adjustable) and maximum operating pressure MAWP (PS) test pressure
operating pressure (accord‐
ing to 2014/68/EU Pressure 1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
Equipment Directive) 0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4015 … 8.031 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4015 … 24.09 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
1.004 … 100.4 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
2.409 … 240.9 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
6.424 … 642.4 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
20.08 … 2008 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
0.3 … 30 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 3480 psi
8 … 160 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.8 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
116 … 2320 psi 2320 psi 3480 psi
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.

Gauge pressure measuring limits from differential pres‐


sure series
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 165
Technical data
12.1 Input

Gauge pressure measuring limits from differential pres‐


sure series
• Measuring cell with inert oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. range (for oxygen measurement: max. 100 bar/
10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C ambient temperature/medium
temperature)
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (continuously adjustable)

12.1.4 Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series

Absolute pressure input from the gauge pressure series


Measurand Absolute pressure
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Maximum test
ly adjustable) or measuring operating pressure MAWP (PS) pressure
range, max. operating pres‐ 8.3 … 250 mbar a 4 bar a 6 bar a
sure (in accordance with
2014/68/EU Pressure Equip‐ 0.83 ... 25 kPa a 0.4 MPa a 0.6 MPa a
ment Directive) and max. test 3 … 100 inH2O a 58 psi a 87 psi a
pressure (in accordance with 43 … 1300 mbar a 6.6 bar a 10 bar a
DIN 16086)
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 0.66 MPa a 1 MPa a
17 … 525 inH2O a 95 psi a 145 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 20 bar a 30 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 2 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 290 psi a 435 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 65 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 6.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 942 psi a 1450 psi a
5.3 … 160 bar a 240 bar a 380 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 24 MPa a 38 MPa a
77 … 2321 psi a 3480 psi a 5511 psi a
13.3 … 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
192 ... 5801 psi a 5801 psi a 8702 psi a
23.3 … 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.3 ... 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
337 ... 10152 psi a 11603 psi a 11603 psi a
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.

Absolute pressure measuring limits from


gauge pressure series
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


166 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.1 Input

Absolute pressure measuring limits from


gauge pressure series
• Measuring cell with inert oil
For process temperature 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
-20 °C < ϑ ≤ 60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ
≤ +140 °F)
For process temperature 60 °C 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a • (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
< ϑ ≤ 100 °C (max. 85 °C for 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a • (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
measuring cell 30 bar) (140 °F
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a • (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
< ϑ ≤ 212 °F (max. 185 °F for
measuring cell 435 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. range (for oxygen measurement: max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi
and 60 °C ambient temperature/medium temperature)
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (continuously adjustable)

12.1.5 Absolute pressure with front-flush diaphragm

Absolute pressure with front-flush diaphragm


Measurand Absolute pressure
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Maximum test
ly adjustable) or measuring operating pressure MAWP (PS) pressure
range, max. operating pres‐ 43 … 1300 mbar a Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure
sure and max. test pressure transmitter and the data on the mounting flange2)
4.3 ... 130 kPa a
17 … 525 inH2O a
166 … 5000 mbar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a
1 … 30 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the measuring span may differ from these values
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.
2)
The MAWP value of the pressure transmitter can be lower than the PN value of the mounting
flange and vice versa. To determine the maximum permissible operating pressure and the
maximum permissible test pressure, use the lowest value as reference.

Absolute pressure measuring limits with front-flush dia‐


phragm
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. range
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (continuously adjustable)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 167
Technical data
12.1 Input

12.1.6 Absolute pressure from the differential pressure series

Absolute pressure input from the differential pressure series


Measurand Absolute pressure
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Max. permissible
ly adjustable) and maximum operating pressure MAWP (PS) test pressure
operating pressure (accord‐
ing to 2014/68/EU Pressure 8.3 … 250 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
Equipment Directive) 0.83 ... 25 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
3 … 100 inH2O a 2320 psi a 3480 psi a
43 … 1300 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
17 … 525 inH2O a 2320 psi a 3480 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 2320 psi a 3480 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 2320 psi a 3480 psi a
8 … 160 bar a 160 bar a 160 bar a
0.8 ... 16 MPa a 16 MPa a 16 MPa a
116 … 2320 psi a 2320 psi a 2320 psi a
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.

Absolute pressure measuring limits from


differential pressure series
Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
• Measuring cell with inert liquid
For process temperature -20 °C < ϑ 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
≤ 60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F)
For process temperature 60 °C < ϑ 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a • (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
≤ 100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a • (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
cell 30 bar) (140 °F < ϑ ≤ 212 °F
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a • (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
(max. 185 °F for measuring cell
435 psi))
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. range (for oxygen measurement: max. 100 bar/10 MPa/
1450 psi and 60 °C ambient temperature/medium temperature)
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (continuously adjustable)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


168 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.1 Input

12.1.7 Differential pressure and flow

Differential pressure and flow rate input, MAWP 160 bar (2320 psi)
Measurand Differential pressure and flow
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Max. permissible
ly adjustable) and maximum operating pressure MAWP (PS) test pressure
operating pressure (accord‐
ing to 2014/68/EU Pressure 1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
Equipment Directive) 0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4015 … 8.031 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4015 … 24.09 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
1.004 … 100.4 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
2.409 … 240.9 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
6.424 … 642.4 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
20.08 … 2008 inH2O 2320 psi 3480 psi
0.3 … 30 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 3480 psi
8 … 160 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.8 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
116 … 2320 psi 2320 psi 3480 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 169
Technical data
12.1 Input

1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.

Differential pressure and flow rate input, MAWP 420 bar (6092 psi)
Measurand Differential pressure and flow
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum Max. permissible
ly adjustable) or measuring operating pressure MAWP (PS) test pressure
range and maximum operat‐
ing pressure (according to 2.5 ... 250 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
2014/68/EU Pressure Equip‐ 0.25 ... 25 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
ment Directive) 1.004 … 100.4 inH2O 6091 psi 9137 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
2.409 … 240.9 inH2O 6091 psi 9137 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
6.424 … 642.4 inH2O 6091 psi 9137 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
20.08 … 2008 inH2O 6091 psi 9137 psi
0.3 … 30 bar 420 bar 630 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 6091 psi 9137 psi
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.

Differential pressure and flow measuring limits


Lower measuring limit
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
All measuring -100% of maximum measuring range or 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
cells
Measuring cell -25% of maximum measuring range or 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
160 bar/
0.16 MPa/
2320 psi
• Measuring cell with inert oil
For process temperature -20 °C -100% of maximum measuring range or 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
< ϑ ≤ 60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ ≤ +140 °F)
For medium temperature 60 °C -100% of maximum measuring range or 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
< ϑ ≤ 100 °C (max. 85 °C for 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a • (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
measuring cell 30 bar with
3 kPa a + 2 kPa a • (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
MAWP 420 bar) (140 °F < ϑ
≤ 212 °F (max. 185 °F for meas‐ 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a • (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
uring cell 435 psi))
• Measuring cell For process temperature -10 °C -100% of maximum measuring range or 100 mbar a /10 kPa a /
with FDA-com‐ < ϑ ≤ 100 °C (-14 °F < ϑ ≤ +212 °F) 14.5 psi a.
pliant oil

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


170 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.1 Input

Differential pressure and flow measuring limits


Upper measuring 100% of max. range (for oxygen measurement: max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C ambient tem‐
limit perature/medium temperature)
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (continuously adjustable)

12.1.8 Level

Level input
Measurand Level
Measuring span (continuous‐ Measuring span1) Maximum permissible Max. permissible
ly adjustable) and maximum operating pressure MAWP (PS) test pressure
operating pressure (accord‐
ing to 2014/68/EU Pressure 25 ... 250 mbar See mounting flange
Equipment Directive) 2.5 ... 25 kPa
10 … 100 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar
2.5 ... 60 kPa
10 … 240 inH2O
53 … 1600 mbar
5.3 ... 160 kPa
21 … 640 inH2O
166 … 5000 mbar
16.6 ... 500 kPa
2.41 … 72.5 psi
1)
For devices with functional safety, the minimum permissible measuring span is limited by the
turndown. Therefore, ensure that the configured turndown is no higher than 5:1.

Level measuring limits


Lower measuring limit
Measuring cell with silicone oil -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on
filling the mounting flange
Measuring cell with inert oil -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on
the mounting flange
Measuring cell with FDA-com‐ -100% of maximum measuring range or 100 mbar a /10 kPa a /1.45 psi a
pliant oil
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. range
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (continuously adjustable)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 171
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

12.2.1 Reference conditions


• According to IEC 62828-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)

12.2.2 Effect of auxiliary power supply


0.005% per 1 V (in percent per change in voltage)

12.2.3 Gauge pressure

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - gauge pressure
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r ≤ 1.25 1.25 < r ≤ 30
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.008 • r + 0.065)%
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi

• Linear characteristic r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100


curve
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi ≤ 0.075% 0.005 • r + 0.05
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.16 • r + 0.1)%
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.05 • r + 0.1)%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


172 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure


4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.125)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi ≤ (0.08 • r + 0.16)%

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - gauge pressure


250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi Per year ≤ (0.25 • r)%
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 • r)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 • r)%

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - gauge pressure


Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position - gauge pressure


≤ 0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
(correct the zero point with position error compensation)

12.2.4 Gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - gauge pressure with front-flush dia‐
phragm
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 173
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.08 • r + 0.16)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm


≤ 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.2.5 Gauge pressure from the differential pressure series

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - gauge pressure from the differential
pressure series
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and
nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi ≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


174 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure from differential pressure series


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O ≤ (0.15 • r + 0.1)%
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O ≤ (0.075 • r + 0.1)%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.125)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - gauge pressure from differential pressure series
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O Per year ≤ (0.2 • r)%
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - gauge pressure from differential pressure series
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O Approx. 0.160 s
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O Approx. 0.150 s
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi Approx. 0.135 s
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Effect of mounting position - gauge pressure from differential pressure series


≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.01015266 psi per 10° incline
(correct the zero point with position error compensation)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 175
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

12.2.6 Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - Absolute pressure from gauge pressure
series
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r ≤ 10 10 < r ≤ 30
All measuring cells ≤ 0.1% ≤ 0.2%

Effect of ambient temperature -- Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series
In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.15 • r + 0.1)
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.08 • r + 0.16)
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a
400 bar a/40 MPa a/5802 psi a
700 bar a/70 MPa a/10152.6 psi a

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - Absolute pressure from gauge and differential pressure series
In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Absolute pressure from gauge pressure series
All measuring cells Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position - Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series
In pressure per change of angle
≤ 0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible using the zero point adjust‐
ment)

12.2.7 Absolute pressure with front-flush diaphragm

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability


Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
Linear characteristic curve r ≤ 10 10 < r ≤ 30
All measuring cells ≤ 0.2% ≤ 0.4%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


176 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Effect of ambient temperature


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
All measuring cells ≤ (0.16 • r + 0.24)

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)


All measuring cells In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)


Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position


In pressure per change of angle
0.04 kPa/0.4 mbar/0.006 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.2.8 Absolute pressure from the differential pressure series

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - Absolute pressure from the differential
pressure series
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and
nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 30
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.02 • r + 0.05)%
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
• Linear characteristic curve 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%

Effect of the ambient temperature - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series
In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.1 • r + 0.1)%
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.125)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 177
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a In 5 years ≤ (0.2 • r)%
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a In 5 years ≤ (0.1 • r)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a Approx. 0.135 s
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a

Effect of mounting position - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series


In pressure per change of angle:
≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.001015 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.2.9 Differential pressure and flow

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - differential pressure and flow
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%

Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60


60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
Linear characteristic curve 160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
istic

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


178 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - differential pressure and flow
Flow > 50%
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60
istic
Flow > 50%
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
istic
Flow > 50%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi ≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
istic
Flow 25 ... 50%
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.15% ≤ (0.01 • r + 0.1)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60
istic
Flow 25 ... 50%
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.15% ≤ (0.01 • r + 0.1)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
istic
Flow 25 ... 50%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.13% ≤ (0.008 • r + 0.09)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi ≤ 0.13% ≤ (0.008 • r + 0.09)%

Effect of ambient temperature - differential pressure and flow


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.15 • r + 0.1)%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 179
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Effect of ambient temperature - differential pressure and flow


60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.075 • r + 0.1)%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.125)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Effect of static pressure - differential pressure and flow


• On the lower range value
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.3 • r) % per 70 bar (zero-point correction is
possible with position error compensation)
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.1 • r)% per 70 bar (zero-point correction is
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi possible with position error compensation)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi ≤ (0.15 • r)% per 70 bar (zero-point correction is
possible with position error compensation)
• On the measuring span
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.2% per 70 bar
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.1% per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - differential pressure and flow


Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi Per year ≤ (0.2 • r)%
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


180 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.2 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P320

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Differential pressure and flow (MAWP 160 bar)
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi Approx. 0.160 s

60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi Approx. 0.150 s

250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 ps Approx. 0.135 s


600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Differential pressure and flow (MAWP 420 bar)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi Approx. 0.135 s
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi

Effect of mounting position - differential pressure and flow


In pressure per change of angle
≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compensation)

12.2.10 Level

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - level
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 10
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.125% ≤ (0.007 • r + 0.09) %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 181
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Effect of ambient temperature1) - level


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.125)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
1)
Data only applies to the basic unit. The error of the remote seal must be considered additively.

Effect of static pressure - level


• On the lower range value
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.1 • r)% per 70 bar (zero-point correction is possible with
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi position error compensation)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi ≤ (0.15 • r)% per 70 bar (zero-point correction is possible with
position error compensation)
• On the measuring span ≤ (0.1 • r)% per 70 bar

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - level


All measuring cells In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)% static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/
1015 psi

Effect of mounting position - level


Depends on the fill fluid in the mounting flange

12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

12.3.1 Reference conditions


• According to IEC 62828-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


182 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

12.3.2 Effect of auxiliary power supply


0.005% per 1 V (in percent per change in voltage)

12.3.3 Gauge pressure

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - gauge pressure
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r ≤ 1.25 1.25 < r ≤ 30
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ 0.065% ≤ (0.008 • r + 0.055)%
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ 0.04% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.16 • r + 0.1)%
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.05 • r + 0.1)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.125)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi ≤ (0.08 • r + 0.16)%

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - gauge pressure


250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi Per year ≤ (0.25 • r)%
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 • r)%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 183
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - gauge pressure


4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
In 10 years ≤ (0.35 • r)%

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - gauge pressure


Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position - gauge pressure


≤ 0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.3.4 Gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - gauge pressure with front-flush dia‐
phragm
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi ≤ (0.08 • r + 0.16)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


184 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position - gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm


≤ 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.3.5 Gauge pressure from the differential pressure series

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - gauge pressure from differential pressure
series
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ 0.04% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi ≤ 0.04% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure from differential pressure series


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O ≤ (0.15 • r + 0.1)%
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O ≤ (0.075 • r + 0.1)%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 185
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Effect of ambient temperature - gauge pressure from differential pressure series


250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.0625)%
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O ≤ (0.0125 • r + 0.0625)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - gauge pressure from differential pressure series
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O Per year ≤ (0.2 • r)%
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - gauge pressure from differential pressure series
20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O Approx. 0.160 s
60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O Approx. 0.150 s
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi Approx. 0.135 s
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Effect of mounting position


≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.01015266 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.3.6 Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - Absolute pressure from gauge pressure
series
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r ≤ 10 10 < r ≤ 30
All measuring cells ≤ 0.1% ≤ 0.2%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


186 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Effect of ambient temperature -- Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series
In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.15 • r + 0.1)
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.08 • r + 0.16)
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a
400 bar a/40 MPa a/5802 psi a
700 bar a/70 MPa a/10152.6 psi a

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - Absolute pressure from gauge and differential pressure series
In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Absolute pressure from gauge pressure series
All measuring cells Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position - Absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series
In pressure per change of angle
≤ 0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible using the zero point adjust‐
ment)

12.3.7 Absolute pressure with front-flush diaphragm

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability


Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
Linear characteristic curve r ≤ 10 10 < r ≤ 30
All measuring cells ≤ 0.2% ≤ 0.4%

Effect of ambient temperature


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
All measuring cells ≤ (0.16 • r + 0.24)

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)


All measuring cells In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 187
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)


Approx. 0.105 s

Effect of mounting position


In pressure per change of angle
0.04 kPa/0.4 mbar/0.006 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.3.8 Absolute pressure from the differential pressure series

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - Absolute pressure from the differential
pressure series
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and
nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 30
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.02 • r + 0.05)%
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
• Linear characteristic curve 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%

Effect of the ambient temperature - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series
In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a ≤ (0.1 • r + 0.1)%
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.125)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a In 5 years ≤ (0.2 • r)%
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a In 5 years ≤ (0.1 • r)%
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


188 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series
250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a Approx. 0.135 s
1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a

Effect of mounting position - Absolute pressure from differential pressure series


In pressure per change of angle:
≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.001015 psi per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compen‐
sation)

12.3.9 Differential pressure and flow

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - differential pressure and flow
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal
measuring range
Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (MAWP ≤ 0.04% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
160 bar (2320 psi))
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.065%
(MAWP 420 bar (6092 psi))
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi ≤ 0.04% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
istic
Flow > 50%
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 189
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - differential pressure and flow
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60
istic
Flow > 50%
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.075% ≤ (0.005 • r + 0.05)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
istic
Flow > 50%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.04% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi ≤ 0.04% ≤ (0.004 • r + 0.045)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
istic
Flow 25 ... 50%
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.15% ≤ (0.01 • r + 0.1)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 60
istic
Flow 25 ... 50%
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.15% ≤ (0.01 • r + 0.1)%
Root extraction character‐ r≤5 5 < r ≤ 100
istic
Flow 25 ... 50%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.08% ≤ (0.008 • r + 0.09)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
r≤5 5 < r ≤ 20
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi ≤ 0.08% ≤ (0.008 • r + 0.09)%

Effect of ambient temperature - differential pressure and flow


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.15 • r + 0.1)%
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.075 • r + 0.1)%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.0625)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi ≤ (0.0125 • r+0.0625)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


190 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Effect of ambient temperature - differential pressure and flow


5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.0625)%
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi ≤ (0.0125 • r+0.0625)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Effect of static pressure - differential pressure and flow


• On the lower range value
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ (0.2 • r) % per 70 bar (zero-point correction is possible with
position error compensation)
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ (0.1 • r)% per 70 bar (zero-point correction is possible with
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi position error compensation)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi ≤ (0.15 • r)% per 70 bar (zero-point correction is possible with
position error compensation)

• On the measuring span


20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi ≤ 0.2% per 70 bar
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi ≤ 0.1% per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - differential pressure and flow


Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi Per year ≤ (0.2 • r)%
60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)%
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi In 5 years ≤ (0.125 • r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi In 10 years ≤ (0.15 • r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 191
Technical data
12.3 Measuring accuracy of SITRANS P420

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Differential pressure and flow (MAWP 160 bar)
20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi Approx. 0.160 s

60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi Approx. 0.150 s

250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 ps Approx. 0.135 s


600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2320 psi

Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) - Differential pressure and flow (MAWP 420 bar)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi Approx. 0.135 s
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi Approx. 0.2 s
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435.11 psi

Effect of mounting position - differential pressure and flow


In pressure per change of angle
≤ 0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° incline
(zero-point correction is possible with position error compensation)

12.3.10 Level

Conformity error at limit point setting, including hysteresis and repeatability - level
Measuring span ratio r (turndown) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
• Linear characteristic curve r≤5 5 < r ≤ 10
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ 0.125% ≤ (0.007 • r + 0.09) %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


192 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.4 Operating conditions

Effect of ambient temperature1) - level


In percent per 28 °C (50 °F)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.025 • r + 0.0625)%
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi ≤ (0.125 • r + 0.0625)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
1)
Data only applies to the basic unit. The error of the remote seal must be considered additively.

Effect of static pressure - level


• On the lower range value
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi ≤ (0.3 • r) % per 70 bar (zero-point correction is possible with
position error compensation)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi ≤ (0.15 • r)% per 70 bar (zero-point correction is possible with
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi position error compensation)
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
• On the measuring span ≤ (0.1 • r)% per 70 bar

Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) - level


All measuring cells In 5 years ≤ (0.25 • r)% static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/
1015 psi

Effect of mounting position - level


Depends on the fill fluid in the mounting flange

12.4 Operating conditions

Operating conditions for gauge pressure and absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
Note: Observe the temperature class in hazardous areas.
Enclosure -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
Measuring cell with sili‐ -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
cone oil filling
Measuring cell with inert -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
oil
Measuring cell with FDA- -10 ...+85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
compliant oil
Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +185 °F)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 193
Technical data
12.4 Operating conditions

Operating conditions for gauge pressure and absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
• Storage temperature -50 … +85 °C (-58 … +185 °F)
(for FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C
(-4 ... +185 °F))
Climate class in accordance 4K26
with IEC 60721-3-4
Degree of protection accord‐ Enclosure with appropriate cable IP66/Type 4X
ing to IEC/EN 60529/UL50-E gland IP68 (2 hours at 1.5 m)
Enclosure with mounted M12 device IP66/Type 4X
plug1)
Enclosure with external overvoltage IP66/Type 4X
protection up to 6 kV
Enclosure with mounted HAN device IP65
plug1)
Electromagnetic compatibili‐
ty
Interference emission and In accordance with EN 61326 and
interference immunity NAMUR NE 21
Process medium conditions
• Process temperature
Cell Pressure Temperature range
Measuring cell with sili‐ -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
cone oil filling
Measuring cell with inert
oil (gauge pressure)
250 mbar -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
Measuring cell with inert -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
oil (absolute pressure)
Measuring cell with FDA- -10 ... +100 °C (14 ... +212 °F)
compliant oil
1)
Only approved for non-Ex devices and devices with intrinsic safety "Ex i" according to ATEX and IECEx.

Operating conditions for gauge pressure and absolute pressure


with front-flush diaphragm
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
Note Observe the temperature class in hazardous areas.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


194 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.4 Operating conditions

Operating conditions for gauge pressure and absolute pressure


with front-flush diaphragm
Enclosure -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
Measuring cell with sili‐ -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
cone oil filling
Measuring cell with inert -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
oil
Measuring cell with FDA- -10 … +85 °C (14 … 185 °F)
compliant oil
Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 … +85 °C (-58 … +185 °F)
(for FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C
(-4 ... +185 °F))
Climate class in accordance 4K26
with IEC 60721-3-4
Degree of protection accord‐ Enclosure with appropriate cable IP66/Type 4X
ing to IEC/EN 60529/UL50-E gland IP68 (2 hours at 1.5 m)
Enclosure with mounted M12 device IP66/Type 4X
plug1)
Enclosure with external overvoltage IP66/Type 4X
protection up to 6 kV
Enclosure with mounted HAN device IP65
plug1)
Electromagnetic compatibili‐
ty
• Interference emission and In accordance with EN 61326 and NA‐
interference immunity MUR NE 21
Process medium conditions
Process temperature2)
• Measuring cell with sili‐ -40 … +150°C (-40 … +302 °F)
cone oil filling -40 … +200°C (-40 … +392 °F) with
cooling extension
• Measuring cell with inert -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
oil
• Measuring cell with FDA- -10 … +150°C (14 … 302 °F)
compliant oil -10 … +200°C (14 … 392 °F) with
cooling extension
1)
Only approved for non-Ex devices and devices with intrinsic safety "Ex i" according to ATEX and IECEx.
2)
Observe the temperature limits in the process connection standards (e.g. DIN 32676 and DIN 11851) for the maximum
medium temperature for flush-mounted process connections.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 195
Technical data
12.4 Operating conditions

Operating conditions for gauge pressure and absolute pressure


(from the differential pressure series), differential pressure and
flow
Installation conditions
• Measuring cells for differ‐ Dynamic stress according to AD 2000-S1 No. 1.4:
ential pressure with MAWP • For MAWP (PS) 420 bar: maximum 1000 load changes
420 bar
• At 10% of MAWP (PS): any number of load changes
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
Note Observe the temperature class in hazardous areas.
Enclosure -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
Measuring cell with sili‐ -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
cone oil filling
Measuring cell with inert -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
oil
Measuring cell with FDA- -10 … +85 °C (14 … 185 °F)
compliant oil
Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 … +85 °C (-58 … +185 °F)
(with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85
°C (-4 ... +185 °F))
Climate class in accordance 4K26
with IEC 60721-3-4
Degree of protection accord‐ Enclosure with appropriate cable IP66/Type 4X
ing to IEC/EN 60529/UL50-E gland IP68 (2 hours at 1.5 m)
Enclosure with mounted M12 device IP66/Type 4X
plug1)
Enclosure with external overvoltage IP66/Type 4X
protection up to 6 kV
Enclosure with mounted HAN device IP65
plug1)
Electromagnetic compatibili‐
ty
Interference emission and In accordance with EN 61326 and NA‐
interference immunity MUR NE 21
Process medium conditions
• Process temperature

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


196 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.4 Operating conditions

Operating conditions for gauge pressure and absolute pressure


(from the differential pressure series), differential pressure and
flow
Measuring cell with sili‐ -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
cone oil filling
• Measuring cell -20 … +100°C (-4 … +212 °F)
30 bar (435.11 psi)
• Measuring cell 160 bar -20 … +100°C (-4 … +212 °F)
(2320 psi)2)
Measuring cell with inert -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
oil
Measuring cell with FDA- -10 ... +100°C (14 ...+212°F)
compliant oil
1)
Only approved for non-Ex devices and devices with intrinsic safety "Ex i" according to ATEX and IECEx.
2)
With O-rings made of fluoroelastomer (FKM) or perfluoroelastomer (FFKM or FFPM), the medium temperature limit is -10 ...
+100°C (14 ... +212°F)

Operating conditions for level


Installation conditions
• Installation instruction Specified by the flange
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
Note Observe the allocation of the max. permissible operating temperature to the max. permissible
operating pressure of the relevant flange connection.
Enclosure -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
Measuring cell with sili‐ -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
cone oil filling
Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 … +85 °C (-58 … +185 °F)
Climate class in accordance 4K26
with IEC 60721-3-4
Degree of protection accord‐ Enclosure with appropriate cable IP66/Type 4X
ing to IEC/EN 60529/UL50-E gland IP68 (2 hours at 1.5 m)
Enclosure with mounted M12 device IP66/Type 4X
plug1)
Enclosure with external overvoltage IP66/Type 4X
protection up to 6 kV
Enclosure with mounted HAN device IP65
plug1)
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference emission and In accordance with EN 61326 and NA‐
interference immunity MUR NE 21
Process medium conditions

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 197
Technical data
12.5 Vibration resistance

Operating conditions for level


• Process temperature
Measuring cell with sili‐ • Plus side: See mounting flange
cone oil filling • Minus side: -40 … +100 °C (-40 …
+212 °F)
1)
Only approved for non-Ex devices and devices with intrinsic safety "Ex i" according to ATEX and IECEx.

12.5 Vibration resistance

General operating conditions Gauge pressure series2) Differential pressure series1)


Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐ Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐
sure sure

Vibrations (sine) 2 ... 9 Hz at 0.3 mm


IEC 60068-2-6 9 ... 200 Hz at 5 m/s²
1 octave/min
5 cycles/axis
Continuous shocks (half-sine) 70 m/s²
IEC 60068-2-27 30 ms
6 shocks/axis
Continuous shocks (half-sine) 250 m/s²
IEC 60068-2-27 6 ms
1000 shocks/axis

1) Without mounting bracket


2) With mounting bracket

Operating conditions according to Gauge pressure series2) Differential pressure series2)


KTA 3503 Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐ Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐
sure sure

Vibrations (sine) 9 ... 35 Hz at 10 m/s²


IEC 60068-2-6 1 octave/min
1 cycle/axis
Vibrations (sine) 5 ... 7 Hz at 20 mm
IEC 60068-2-6 9 ... 100 Hz at 20 m/s²
10 octave/min
1 cycle/axis
Continuous shocks (half-sine) 300 m/s²
IEC 60068-2-27 11 ms
6 shocks/axis

2) With mounting bracket

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


198 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.6 Construction

Operating conditions according to IEC Gauge pressure series2) Differential pressure series1)2)
61298-3 (2g normal) Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐ Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐
sure sure
Vibrations (sine) 10 ... 58 Hz at 0.3 mm
IEC 60068-2-6 58 ... 1000 Hz at 20 m/s²
1 octave/min
20 cycles/axis

1) Without mounting bracket


2) With mounting bracket

Operating conditions according to IEC Differential pressure series1)


61298-3 (5g enhanced) Aluminum and stainless steel enclosure
Vibrations (sine) 10 ... 58 Hz at 0.7 mm
IEC 60068-2-6 58 ... 1000 Hz at 50 m/s²
1 octave/min
20 cycles/axis

1) Without mounting bracket

Operating conditions for maritime ap‐ Gauge pressure series1) Differential pressure series1)
plications according to IEC 60068-2-6 Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐ Aluminum and stainless steel enclo‐
sure sure
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanisch‐ 2 ... 25 Hz at 3.2 mm
er Lloyd) 25 ... 100 Hz at 40 m/s²
Lloyd’s Register 0.5 octave/min
Bureau Veritas 1 frequency sweep/axis
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Amplification factor (Q) < 2, 30 Hz/90 min
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) Amplification factor (Q) > 2, resonant frequency/90 min
CCS (China Classification Society)

1) Without mounting bracket

12.6 Construction

Construction for gauge pressure and absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Weight Approx. 1.8 kg (3.9 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 3.8 kg (8.3 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 199
Technical data
12.6 Construction

Construction for gauge pressure and absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Process connection Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22, material no. 2.4602
Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C276, material no. 2.4819
• Non-wetted parts materials
Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel nameplate (1.4404/316L)
Mounting bracket Steel, galvanized, stainless steel 1.4301/304, stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Process connection • Connection pin G1/2A in accordance with DIN EN 837-1
• Female thread 1/2‑14 NPT
• Oval flange (MAWP 160 bar abs (2320 psi g) with fastening screw thread:
– 7
/16-20 UNF in accordance with EN 61518
– M10 in accordance with DIN 19213
• Oval flange (MAWP 420 bar abs (MAWP 2320 psi g) with fastening screw thread:
– 7
/16-20 UNF in accordance with EN 61518
– M12 in accordance with DIN 19213
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 and 1/2-14 NPT
Electrical connection Cable inlet using the following screwed joints:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D connector1)
• M12 connector
1)
Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.

Construction for gauge pressure, with flush mounted diaphragm


Weight (pressure transmitter without Approx. 1.8 kg (3.9 lb) with aluminum enclosure
mounting flange) Approx. 3.8 kg (8.3 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C276, material no. 2.4819
• Non-wetted parts materials
Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4409/CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
D20 option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel nameplate (1.4404/316L)
Mounting bracket Steel, galvanized, stainless steel 1.4301/304, stainless steel 1.4404/316L

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


200 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.6 Construction

Construction for gauge pressure, with flush mounted diaphragm


Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and Pharma flange
• BioConnect/BioControl
• PMC style
Electrical connection Cable inlet using the following screwed joints:
• M20x1.5
• ½-14 NPTM
• Han 7D/Han 8D connector1)
• M12 connector
1)
Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.

Construction for gauge pressure and absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series), differential pressure and
flow rate
Weight Approx. 3.9 kg (8.5 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 5.9 kg (13 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel 400, mat.
no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
Pressure caps and vents Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408 to MAWP 160 bar, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti for
MAWP 420 bar, Alloy C22, 2.4602 or Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
O-ring FKM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
• Non-wetted parts materials
Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD‑AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4409/CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
D20 option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel nameplate (1.4404/316L)
Pressure cap screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
Mounting bracket Steel, galvanized, stainless steel 1.4301/304, stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Process connection 1
/4‑18 NPT female thread and flange connection with 7/16-20 UNF mounting thread in
accordance with EN 61518 or M10 mounting thread in accordance with DIN 19213
(M12 for MAWP 420 bar (6092 psi)
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable inlet using the following screwed joints:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D connector1)
• M12 connector
1)
Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 201
Technical data
12.6 Construction

Construction for level


Weight
• In accordance with EN (pressure Approx. 11 … 13 kg (24.2 … 28.7 lb) with aluminum enclosure
transmitter with mounting flange, Approx. 13 ... 15 kg (28.7 ... 33 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
without tube)
• In accordance with ASME (pressure Approx. 11 … 18 kg (24.2 … 39.7 lb) with aluminum enclosure
transmitter with mounting flange, Approx. 13 ... 20 kg (28.7 ... 44 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
without tube)
Material
• Wetted parts materials
Plus side
• Seal diaphragm on the mount‐ Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360, Alloy B2, mat. no.
ing flange 2.4617, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Alloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602, tantalum, PTFE
• Sealing surface Smooth as per EN 1092‑1, form B1 or ASME B16.5 RF 125 … 250 AA for stainless steel
316L, EN 2092‑1 form B2 or ASME B16.5 RFSF for the remaining materials
Sealing material in the pressure
caps
• For standard applications FKM (Viton)
• For underpressure applica‐ Copper
tions on the mounting flange
Minus side
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Pressure caps locking screws Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408
• Locking screw Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
• O-ring FKM (Viton)
• Non-wetted parts materials
Electronics housing • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4409/CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
D20 option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel nameplate (1.4404/316L)
Pressure cap screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
• Mounting flange fill fluid Silicon oil or a different design
Process connection
• Plus side Flange as per EN and ASME

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


202 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.7 Torques

Construction for level


• Minus side 1
/4‑18 NPT female thread and flange connection with mounting thread M10 in ac‐
cordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for MAWP 420 bar (6092 psi)) or 7/16-20 UNF in ac‐
cordance with EN 61518
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable inlet using the following screwed joints:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Han 7D/Han 8D connector1)
• M12 connector
1)
Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.

12.7 Torques

Torques
Connecting terminals
• Connecting terminals in the connection compartment 1.5 Nm (1.1 ft lb)
• External ground terminal on enclosure
Cable glands/blanking plugs
• Screw-in torque for plastic gland in all enclosures 4 Nm (3 ft lb)
• Screw-in torque for metal/stainless steel glands in alumi‐ 6 Nm (4.4 ft lb)
num/stainless steel enclosure
• Screw-in torque for NPT adapter made of metal/stainless 15 Nm (11.1 ft lb)
steel in aluminum/stainless steel enclosure
• Tightening torque for union nut made of plastic 2.5 Nm (1.8 ft lb)
• Tightening torque for union nut made of metal/stainless 4 Nm (3 ft lb)
steel
Screws for mounting bracket (option)
• Tightening torque for thread M8 or 5/16-24 UNF 18 Nm (13.2 ft lb)
• Tightening torque for thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF 36 Nm (26.5 ft lb)
Retaining screws for rotation of the enclosure
• Tightening torque for aluminum enclosure 3.8 Nm (2.8 ft lb)
• Tightening torque for stainless steel enclosure 3.5 Nm (2.5 ft lb)
Screws for safety catch
• Tightening torque for aluminum enclosure 0.88 Nm (0.65 ft lb)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 203
Technical data
12.9 Certificates and approvals

12.8 Display, keys and auxiliary power

Display and buttons


Keys 4 buttons for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with glass pane (option)

Auxiliary power UH
HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter • DC 10.5 V … 45 V -
• In the case of intrinsically
safe operation
10.5 V … 30 V DC
Auxiliary power – Bus-powered
Separate supply voltage – -
Bus voltage
• Not – 9 … 32 V
• With intrinsically safe operation – 9 … 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current – 12.5 mA
• Starting current ≤ basic current – Yes
• Max. current in event of fault – 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available – Yes

Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (internal)


Note Devices with internal overvoltage protection up to 6 kV do not pass the high voltage
test with 700 V DC according to IEC 60079-11.
For further information, see the associated certificate for explosion protection.

12.9 Certificates and approvals

Explosion protection in accordance with HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ATEX
Certificate BVS 18 ATEX E049X
• Intrinsic safety "i"

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


204 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.9 Certificates and approvals

Explosion protection in accordance with HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ATEX
Designation II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
II 2G Ex ib IIC T4/T6 Gb II 2G Ex ib IIC T4/T6 Gb
II 3G Ex ic IIC T4/T6 Gc
Permissible ambient temper‐ -40 … +80 °C (-40 … +176 °F) Temper‐ -40 … +75 °C (-40 … +167 °F) tempera‐
ature ature class T4 ture class T4
-40 … +55 °C (-40 … +158 °F) Temper‐ -40 … +50 °C (-40 … +122 °F) tempera‐
ature class T6 ture class T6
Permissible temperature of -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F) temperature class T4
medium -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F) temperature class T6
Connection To a certified intrinsically safe circuit FISCO
with the max. values: • ia/ib:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
• ic:
Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 570 mA
Linear barrier
• ia/ib:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 174 mA, Pi = 1.0 W
• ic:
Ui = 32 V, Ii = 132 mA, Pi = 1.0 W
Effective inner capacitance Ci = 3.29 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance Li = 0.24 µH Li = 4.8 µH
• Flameproof enclosure encapsulation "d"
Designation II 1/2G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
II 2G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Gb
Permissible ambient temper‐ -40 … +80 °C (-40 … +176 °F) temperature class T4
ature -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F) temperature class T6
Permissible temperature of -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F) temperature class T4
medium -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F) temperature class T6
Connection To a circuit with the operating values: To a circuit with the operating values:
UH = 10.5 … 45 V DC, 4 ... 20 mA UH = 9 … 24 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zones 21, 22
Designation II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
Permissible ambient temper‐ -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
ature
Permissible temperature of -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
medium
Max. surface temperature 120°C (248°F)
Connection To a circuit with the operating values: To a circuit with the operating values:
UH = 10.5 … 45 V DC, 4 ... 20 mA UH = 9 … 24 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for Zone 20

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 205
Technical data
12.9 Certificates and approvals

Explosion protection in accordance with HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ATEX
Designation II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Permissible ambient temper‐ -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) -40 … +75 °C (-40 … +167 °F)
ature
Permissible temperature of -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
medium
Connection To a certified intrinsically safe circuit FISCO
with the max. values: • ia/ib:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
• ic:
Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 570 mA
Linear barrier
• ia/ib:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 174 mA, Pi = 1.0 W
• ic:
Ui = 32 V, Ii = 132 mA, Pi = 1.0 W
Effective inner capacitance Ci = 3.29 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective inner inductance Li = 0.24 µH Li = 4.8 µH
• Type of protection for Zone 2
Designation II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Permissible ambient temper‐ -40 … +80 °C (-40 … +176 °F) temperature class T4
ature "ec" -40 … +40 °C (-40 … +104 °F) temperature class T6
Permissible temperature of -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F) temperature class T4
medium -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F) temperature class T6
Connection "ec" To a circuit with the operating values: To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA UH = 9 … 24 V DC

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


206 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.9 Certificates and approvals

Explosion protection in accord‐ HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ance with FM (USA)
FM19US0155X The permissible operating values are specified in the certificate (http://www.siemens.com/
processinstrumentation/certificates).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 207
Technical data
12.9 Certificates and approvals

Explosion protection in accord‐ HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ance with FM (USA)
Order variants Designation
7MF0...-.....-.B..-Z CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4
CL I, DIV 2, Gr. A, B, C, D (NI); T6/T4
CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga
CL I, ZN 1, AEx ib IIC T6/T4 Gb CL I, ZN 1, AEx ib IIC T6/T4 Gb
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
7MF0...-.....-.C..-Z CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (XP); T6/T4
CL I, ZN 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T6/T4 Ga/Gb
7MF0...-.....-.D..-Z CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4
CL I, DIV 2, Gr. A, B, C, D (NI); T6/T4
CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (XP); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (XP); T6/T4
CL I, ZN 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb CL I, ZN 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb

7MF0...-.....-.L..-Z CL I, DIV 2, Gr. A, B, C, D (NI) ; T6/T4


CL I, ZN 2, AEx ec IIC T6/T4 Gc
CL II, DIV 2, Gr. E, F, G; CL III (NI); T4
ZN 21, AEx tb IIIC T120°C Db
ZN 22, AEx tc IIIC T120°C Dc
7MF0...-.....-.M..-Z CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4
CL I, DIV 2, Gr. A, B, C, D (NI); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 2, Gr. A, B, C, D (NI); T6/T4
CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ec IIC T6/T4 Gc CL I, ZN 2, AEx ec IIC T6/T4 Gc
CL II, DIV 1, Gr. E, F, G; CL III (IS); T6/T4 CL II, DIV 1, Gr. E, F, G; CL III (IS); T6/T4
ZN 20, AEx ia lllC T120°C Da ZN 20, AEx ia lllC T120°C Da
CL II, DIV 2, Gr. E, F, G; CL III (NI); T4 CL II, DIV 2, Gr. E, F, G; CL III (NI); T4
ZN 21, AEx tb IIIC T120°C Db ZN 21, AEx tb IIIC T120°C Db
7MF0...-.....-.S..-Z CL I, ZN 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T6/T4 Ga/Gb CL I, ZN 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T6/T4 Ga/Gb
CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ec IIC T6/T4 Gc CL I, ZN 2, AEx ec IIC T6/T4 Gc
ZN 21, AEx tb IIIC T120°C Db ZN 21, AEx tb IIIC T120°C Db
7MF0...-.....-.T..-Z CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (XP); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (XP); T6/T4
CL I, ZN 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T6/T4 Ga/Gb CL I, ZN 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T6/T4 Ga/Gb
CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 1, Gr. A, B, C, D (IS); T6/T4
CL I, DIV 2, Gr. A, B, C, D (NI); T6/T4 CL I, DIV 2, Gr. A, B, C, D (NI); T6/T4
CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga CL I, ZN 0, AEx ia IIC T6/T4 Ga
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
CL I, ZN 2, AEx ec IIC T6/T4 Gc CL I, ZN 2, AEx ec IIC T6/T4 Gc
CL II, DIV 2, Gr. E, F, G; CL III (NI); T4 CL II, DIV 2, Gr. E, F, G; CL III (NI); T4

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


208 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Technical data
12.9 Certificates and approvals

Explosion protection in accord‐ HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus


ance with FM (USA)
ZN 21, AEx tb IIIC T120°C Db ZN 21, AEx tb IIIC T120°C Db
Special conditions for use
1. For type of protection "db": When used as a partition wall device at areas that require EPL Ga, a power supply is required
which is safely isolated from earth. This can be achieved, for example, by use of a SELV power supply unit.
2. Potential electrostatic charging hazard: Cleaning of enclosure surfaces should be done with damp cloth.
3. The enclosure shall not be installed in areas with intensive charging processes.
4. For type of protection “ec”: Transient protection shall be provided that is set at a level not exceeding 140 % of the peak rated
voltage value at the supply input.
5. For type of protection “ec”, the equipment shall only be used in an area of at least pollution degree 2, as defined in IEC
60664-1.
6. For type of protection “db”, repairs on flame-proof joints can only be done by the original manufacturer.
7. The variant with overvoltage protection 6kV (order option D70) cannot withstand the dielectric strength test with AC
voltage. The dielectric strength test shall be performed with a test voltage of 500 VDC for one minute.
8. The plug connection type HAN 7D/8U (A32, A33, A36, A37, A41) and type M12 (A62, A63) and type M12 Anheuser Busch
plug (L34) may only be operated as part of an intrinsically safe circuit of up to 30 V maximum. Models containing these plugs
are only permitted to be used in hazardous Gas environments, not Dust environments.

Explosion protection in accordance with cCSAus (Canada/USA)


CSA18CA70163103X The permissible operating values can be found in the certificate.
Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) According to CSA Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
Standards Ex ia IIC T4/T6 Ga
Ex ia IIIC T120°C Da
Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Class I, DIV 1, Gr. A-D (Explosion Proof)
Intrinsically Safe (IS) for Class I, DIV 1, Gr. A-D
(Intrinsically Safe (IS))
Class II, DIV 2, Gr. E-G; Class III
Class I, DIV 2, Gr. A-D (NI)
According to US Class I, Zone 0/1, AEx ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
Standards Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4/T6 Ga
Zone 20, AEx ia IIIC T120°C Da
Zone 21, A/Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
Class I, Zone 2, AEx ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
Class I, DIV 1 Gr. A-D (Explosion proof (XP))
Class I, DIV 1 Gr. A-D (Intrinsically Safe (IS))
Class II, DIV 2, Gr. E-G; Class III
Class I, DIV 2, Gr. A-D (NI)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 209
Technical data
12.9 Certificates and approvals

Further certificates for explosion protection


Explosion protection in accordance with NEPSI (China) The permissible operating values and markings can be found in the
GYJ19.1058X certificate (http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/
certificates).
Explosion protection in accordance with INMETRO (Bra‐
sil)
BRA-18-GE-0035X
Explosion protection in accordance with EAC (Russia)
TC RU C-DE.AA87.B.01202
Explosion protection in accordance with IECEx
IECEx BVS 18.0038X

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


210 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Dimension drawings 13
13.1 SITRANS P320/P420 for gauge pressure and absolute pressure from
the gauge pressure series

   


 
5
           


1 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)


2
 
6
š 

7
 
 

3 4 3

 
237 (9.33)
9

6:
 

120 (4.72)
 
DSSUR[ 

PLQ  š 105 (4.13)


   

① Electronics side, display


(longer for cover with glass pane)1)
② Connection end
③ Electrical connection:
• M20 x 1.5 gland3)
• ½-14 NPT gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D plug2) 3)
• M12 connector2)3)
④ Harting adapter
⑤ Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
⑥ Blanking plug
⑦ Safety catch
(only for flameproof enclosure)
⑧ Process connection: G½B connection pin or oval flange
⑨ Mounting bracket (optional)
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inches) for the thread length when removing the covers

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 211
Dimension drawings
13.1 SITRANS P320/P420 for gauge pressure and absolute pressure from the gauge pressure series

2)
Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
Not for "FM + CSA [is + XP]" type of protection
Figure 13-1 SITRANS P320 and SITRANS P420 pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the gauge pressure series,
dimensions in mm (inches)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


212 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Dimension drawings
13.2 SITRANS P320/P420 for differential pressure, gauge pressure, flow and absolute pressure from the differential
pressure series

13.2 SITRANS P320/P420 for differential pressure, gauge pressure, flow


and absolute pressure from the differential pressure series

     5

 
 
     
1

 
6
 

 
3

 
7
2 8

12 PLQ  9

 
 

 
11 10
 
DSSUR[   

š

3 4

 
   
 

① Electronics side, display


(longer for cover with glass pane)1)
② Connection end
③ Electrical connection:
• M20 x 1.5 gland
• ½-14 NPT gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D plug2) 3)
• M12 connector2)3)
④ Harting adapter
⑤ Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
⑥ Blanking plug
⑦ Safety catch
(only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
⑧ Lateral ventilation for liquid measurement (standard)
⑨ Lateral ventilation for gas measurement (order option "K85")
⑩ Mounting bracket (optional)
⑪ Sealing plug, with valve (optional)
⑫ Process connection: 1/4-18 NPT (EN 61518)
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
Not for "FM + CSA [IS + XP]" type of protection

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 213
Dimension drawings
13.2 SITRANS P320/P420 for differential pressure, gauge pressure, flow and absolute pressure from the differential
pressure series

Figure 13-2 SITRANS P320 and SITRANS P420 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm
(inches)

5
2.6 146 (5.75)



(0.1) 61 (2.4) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1 6

52(2.05)
7
Ø81 (3.19)

135 (5.31)
3 4 3

approx. 224 (8.82) 6)


2

min. 92 (3.6) 8
8

approx. 85 (3.35) 5)
10

60 (2.36) 4) approx. 85 (3.35)


65 (2.56)

① Electronics side, display


(longer for cover with inspection window)1)
② Connection end
③ Electrical connection:
• M20 x 1.5 gland
• ½-14 NPT gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D plug2)3
• M12 connector2)3)
④ Harting adapter
⑤ Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
⑥ Blanking plug
⑦ Safety catch
(only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
⑧ Sealing plug, with valve (optional)
⑨ Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
⑩ Clearance for rotating the enclosure
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inches) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
Not for "FM + CSA [is + XP]" type of protection
4)
74 mm (2.9 inches) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
5)
91 mm (3.6 inches) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
6)
226 mm (8.62 inches) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
Figure 13-3 SITRANS P320 and SITRANS P420 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow with process flanges for
vertical differential pressure lines (order option "K81"), dimensions in mm (inches)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


214 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Dimension drawings
13.3 SITRANS P 320/P420 for level

13.3 SITRANS P 320/P420 for level


2
27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
29 (1.14) 146 (5.75)
74 (2.31) 61 (2.4)
3 5
6
4

š 
172 (6.77)
1

135 (5.31)

min. 92 (3.62)
7 54 (2.13) 108 (4.25)

n x d2

approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

1 8

① Electrical connection:
• M20 x 1.5 gland
• ½-14 NPT gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D plug2) 3)
• M12 connector2)3)
② Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
③ Blanking plug
④ Safety catch
(only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
⑤ Connection end
⑥ Electronics side, display
(longer for cover with glass pane)1)
⑦ Locking screw
⑧ Harting adapter
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inches) for the thread length when removing the covers

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 215
Dimension drawings
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

2)
Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
Not for "FM + CSA [is + XP]" type of protection
Figure 13-4 SITRANS P320 and SITRANS P420 pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm
(inches)

13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

2.6 146 (5.74) 4

(1.06)
(0.1) 74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)

27
1

52 (2.04)
5

H1 = approx. 138 (5.43)


6

2
50 (1.97)

H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
7

min. 92 (3.6)

① Electronics side, display


(longer for cover with glass pane)1)
② Connection end
③ Electrical connection:
• M20 x 1.5 gland
• ½-14 NPT gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D plug2) 3)
• M12 connector2)3)
④ Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
⑤ Blanking plug
⑥ Safety catch
(only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
⑦ Process connection
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inches) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
Not for "FM + CSA [is + XP]" type of protection
Figure 13-5 SITRANS P320 and SITRANS P420 pressure transmitters (front-flush), dimensions in mm (inches)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


216 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Dimension drawings
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

13.4.1 Note 3A and EHDG

Note
Approvals
The references to the approvals for "EHEDG" and "3A" refer to the respective process connections
and are not device-specific. Please refer to the technical specifications of the respective pressure
transmitter to see whether the desired certificate is available for your device/flange
combination.

13.4.2 Connections as per EN and ASME

Flange according to EN

EN 1092-1
DN PN ⊘D H2
25 40 115 mm (4.5'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
40 40 150 mm (5.9'')
+

40 100 170 mm (6.7'')


50 16 165 mm (6.5'')
'
50 40 165 mm (6.5'')
80 16 200 mm (7.9'')
80 40 200 mm (7.9'')

Threaded connections

G3/4", G1" and G2" In accordance with DIN 3852


DN PN ⊘D H2
¾" 60 37 mm (1.5'') approx. 45 mm (1.8'')
1" 60 48 mm (1.9'') approx. 47 mm (1.9'')
2'' 60 78 mm (3.1'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
+

'

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 217
Dimension drawings
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

Flange according to ASME

ASME B 16.5
DN CLASS ⊘D H2
1'' 150 110 mm (4.3'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
1½" 150 125 mm (4.9'')
+

1½" 300 155 mm (6.1'')

'
2'' 150 150 mm (5.9'')
2'' 300 165 mm (6.5'')
3'' 150 190 mm (7.5'')
3'' 300 210 mm (8.1'')
4'' 150 230 mm (9.1'')
4'' 300 255 mm (10.0'')

13.4.3 F&B and pharma flange

Connections as per DIN

DIN 11851
DN PN ⊘D H2
50 25 92 mm (3.6'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
80 25 127 mm (5.0'')
+

'

DIN 11864-1 Form A - sterile threaded sockets


DN PN ⊘D H2
50 25 78 mm (2'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
65 25 95 mm (3.7'')
80 25 110 mm (4.3'')
100 25 130 mm (5.1'')
+

'

Approvals EHEDG

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


218 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Dimension drawings
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

DIN 11864-2 Form A - sterile collar flange


DN PN ⊘D H2
50 16 94 mm (3.7'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
65 16 113 mm (4.4'')
80 16 133 mm (5.2'')
+

100 16 159 mm (6.3'')

'

Approvals EHEDG

DIN 11864-2 Form A - sterile groove flange


DN PN ⊘D H2
50 16 94 mm (3.7'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
65 16 113 mm (4.4'')
80 16 133 mm (5.2'')
+

100 16 159 mm (6.3'')


'

Approvals EHEDG

DIN 11864-3 Form A - sterile collar sockets


DN PN ⊘D H2
50 25 77.5 mm (3.1'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
65 25 91 mm (3.6'')
80 16 106 mm (4.2'')
+

100 16 130 mm (5.1'')

'

Approvals EHEDG

Tri-Clamp as per DIN 32676


DN PN ⊘D H2
50 16 64 mm (2.5'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
65 16 91 mm (3.6'')
2" 16 64 mm (2.5'')
+

3'' 10 91 mm (3.6'')

'

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 219
Dimension drawings
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

Other connections

Varivent® connector
DN PN ⊘D H2
40-125 40 84 mm (3.3'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
+

'

Approvals EHEDG

Connection in accordance with DRD


DN PN ⊘D H2
65 40 105 mm (4.1'') Approx. 52 mm (2'')
+

'

13.4.4 PMC Style

Connections for the paper industry

PMC Style Standard


DN PN ⊘D H2
– – 40.9 mm (1.6'') Approx. 36.8 mm (1.4'')
M44x1.25 cap nut
+

'

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


220 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Dimension drawings
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

PMC-Style Minibolt
DN PN ⊘D H2
– – 26.3 mm (1.0'') Approx. 33.1 mm (1.3'')
+

'

13.4.5 Special connections

Tank connection

TG52/50 and TG52/150


DN PN ⊘D H2
TG52/50
25 40 63 mm (2.5'') Approx. 63 mm (2.5'')
TG52/150
25 40 63 mm (2.5'') Approx. 170 mm (6.7'')
+

'

SMS connectors

SMS threaded sockets


DN PN ⊘D H2
2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm (2.8") Approx. 52 mm (2.1'')
2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm (3.3")
3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm (3.9")
+

'

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 221
Dimension drawings
13.4 SITRANS P320/P420 (front-flush)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


222 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Remote operation A
A.1 SIMATIC PDM

A.1.1 Overview SIMATIC PDM


SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a general-purpose, manufacturer-independent tool
for the configuration, parameter assignment, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance of
intelligent field devices and field components. Follow-up installations and additional
information on SIMATIC PDM are available on the Internet at SIMATIC PDM (www.siemens.com/
simatic-pdm).
SIMATIC PDM monitors the process values, alarms and status signals of the device. It allows you
to display, compare, adjust, verify, and simulate process device data; also to set schedules for
calibration and maintenance.
For information on, for example, how to install and integrate devices, commission the software,
see Operating Manual 'Help for SIMATIC PDM'. The manual is delivered with SIMATIC PDM
software. Once the SIMATIC PDM is installed on your computer you find the manual under: Start
> All programs > Siemens Automation > SIMATIC > Documentation. Link at our website:
SIMATIC PDM instructions and manuals (https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/
16983/man).

Note
Field device parameters
• For a list of parameters and additional information, consult section "Parameter assignment
(Page 97)".
• The field device remains in measurement mode during the time you configure the field
device.

A.1.2 Check SIMATIC PDM version

Procedure
1. Go to SIMATIC PDM download (http://www.siemens.com/simaticpdm/downloads).
2. Check the support page to make sure you have:
– The latest version of SIMATIC PDM
– The most recent Service Pack (SP)
– The most recent hot fix (HF)

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 223
Remote operation
A.1 SIMATIC PDM

A.1.3 Updating the Electronic Device Description (EDD)

Procedure
1. Check that the EDD revision match the Firmware revision in the device according to the table
in section Product compatibility (Page 14).
2. Go to the support page Software downloads (https://www.siemens.com/
processinstrumentation/downloads).
3. Enter the product name in the field "Enter search term...".
4. Download the most current EDD of your device.
5. Save files to your computer in an easily accessed location.
6. Launch SIMATIC PDM – Device Integration Manager.
From the File menu, click "Read device descriptions from compressed source...".
7. Browse to the zipped EDD file, select and open it.
8. Use the "Integration" function to integrate the EDD into the device catalog. The EDD is now
accessible via SIMATIC Manager.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


224 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
PROFIBUS communication B
B.1 PROFIBUS assembly guidelines
Further information on the installation can be found on the Internet "PI PROFIBUS - PROFINET >
DOWNLOADS (https://www.profibus.com/download/)" under "Installation Guide".

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 225
PROFIBUS communication
B.1 PROFIBUS assembly guidelines

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


226 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication C
Device-specific information is described in the following sections.
More information on FOUNDATION Fieldbus and the FOUNDATION Fieldbus specifications is
available on the Internet at:
FieldComm Group (https://www.fieldcommgroup.org/)

C.1 Resource Block


The Resource Block contains device-specific data. They include:
• Device type with change index
• Article number (MLFB number)
• Serial number
• Resource status
All data is designed as "integrated", and therefore there are no connections whatsoever to this
block. Since the data cannot be processed as in a function block, there is no flowchart.

Note
Operating mode of resource block
The resource block must be in automatic mode so that the function blocks contained in the
device can be executed.

The device contains all standard parameters according to FF-891 "Function Block Application
Process".
The standard parameter "FEATURES" supports the following values:

1 Reports
2 Fault State
3 Soft Write
10 Multi-bit Alarm (Bit-Alarm)

C.2 Pressure Transducer Block


The Pressure Transducer Block contains all parameters to configure the device for the measuring
task, e.g., characteristic curve.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 227
FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication
C.3 Analog input function block

In addition, the Pressure Transducer Block contains the following values:


• Sensor-specific information, such as material, type, remote seal type.
• Peak values
• Limit monitoring
• Simulation of the input and output values as constant pressure value or with ramp function.

C.3 Analog input function block


The Analog Input function block (AI function block) provides the measured values at its output
for additional function blocks.
The device has three AI function blocks.
Each AI function block can be connected to one of the four channels of the Transducer Block:
• Pressure
• Sensor temperature
• Electronics temperature
• Derived process value (e.g., level)

17
$POWFSU
-@5:1& $VUP꫻ 'JMUFS
$)"//&- 4*.6-"5& -08@$65 17@5*.&
9%@4$"-&
065@4$"-& 0VUQVU
065
'*&-%@7"-

"MBSNT
)*-0

Figure C-1 Operating principle of the AI function block

Depending on the selected channel (CHANNEL), the input scaling values are set with the
XD_SCALE parameter.
• Make sure that the settings under XD_SCALE match the settings (e.g., unit) in the Transducer
Block.
You use the L_TYPE parameter to specify whether the process value (PV) is derived:
• Direct: The value from the Transducer Block is used directly.
• Indirect Linear: The value from the Transducer Block is scaled into different units.
• Indirect SQRT: The value from the Transducer Block is scaled and the square root extracted
according to XD_SCALE and OUT_SCALE.
The output scaling values (OUT_SCALE) are usually applied from the Transducer Block.
You use the OUT_SCALE parameter to set the output scaling of the process value (PV).

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


228 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication
C.4 Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) Block

The process value (PV) and the output value (OUT) have the same unit.
When the block is set to "Auto", OUT is equal to the PV.
With the LOW_CUT parameter, you set the low flow cut-off suppression (e.g., for volume flow
measurement):
• When the output value is less than the value specified in this parameter, the output value is
set to 0.
• You activate the low-cut function by setting the IO_OPTS parameter to "true".
You use the PV_FTIME parameter to set the time constant (damping) for the PV.

C.4 Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) Block

Functional principle
The PID function block implements a PID control algorithm. The execution time of the PID block
is 16 ms. The input variable of the setpoint SP depends on the selected operating mode of the
block.
Possible input variables are:

Operating mode Input variable


AUTO Parameter SP
CAS mode Input CAS_IN
RCAS mode Value RCAS_IN

In manual mode (MAN), the output OUT can be set directly to the desired value.
The process value to be controlled is connected to the input IN. This value passes through a
filter with the time constant PV_FTIME.
A BYPASS switch is available to the operator for the case that the control option "Bypass enable"
applies.
"Bypass" is used with secondary cascade controls (Cas) with a poor PV. The "Bypass enable"
option is necessary because not all cascade control modes are stable when BYPASS is enabled.
The BYPASS parameter can only be set in "Manual" (Man) or "Out of Service" (OOS) modes. When
BYPASS is set, the SP value (in percent of the range) is passed directly to the target output, and
the OUT value is used for the BKCAL_OUT parameter.
When the mode is changed to "Cas", you must initialize the OUT value of the block in the "Open"
direction. If you use a block in "Cas" mode, you must initialize the actual value (PV) in the "Open"
direction when leaving the Bypass option. The initialization must be carried out independent of
selection of the "Use PV for BKCAL_OUT" Option.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 229
FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication
C.4 Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) Block

Controller constants
Controller constants for the P, I, and D factors are:
• GAIN: Dimensionless number
• RESET (adjustment time): Time constant expressed in seconds
• RATE (derivative-action time): Time constant expressed in seconds
A number of existing controllers are regulated by the inverse values of some or all of these time
constants, e.g. proportional band and repetitions per minute.
If the RESET constant is set to "infinity", the integral component of the PID has no effect during
normal operation. However, the integral component of the PID is still used internally to enable
bumpless switchover from manual mode to automatic mode. The working point is adapted
accordingly in automatic mode.
If RESET if set to "0 s", the integral component is set to zero. This results in a fixed working point.
The differential component defined by RATE is smoothed by a first order filter. This reduces the
effects of the process noise. Without limitation by the cycle time, the time constant of the filter
is 0.2*RATE.

Control option "Direct action"

Note
Changing the setting of "Direct action"
Triggering of a positive or negative readback is possible depending on the setting. Therefore only
change the setting of "Direct action" following careful checking. Never make changes to the
selected setting during automatic mode.

If the actual value PV exceeds the setpoint SV, the setting of this control option results in an
increase in the output value. A positive feedback is possible.
If the actual value PV exceeds the setpoint SV with the control option not set, the output value
decreases. A negative feedback is possible.
The control option "Direct action" is additionally used to calculate the limit status for BKCAL_OUT.

Output
The output supports the feedforward algorithm. The input FF_VAL applies an external value
which responds proportional to certain faults in the control loop. The value is converted by the
values of the FF_SCALE parameter into a percentage of the output span.
This converted value is multiplied by the FF_GAIN parameter and added to the setpoint output
of the PID algorithm.
If FF_VAL has a status Bad, the last usable value is applied in order to prevent jumps in the output.
If FF_VAL returns to a good status, the block adapts its integral component in order to hold the
previous output value.
The output supports the track algorithm.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


230 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication
C.4 Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) Block

The following values can be set as options for BKCAL_OUT:


• Setpoint SP following limiting
• Actual value

Flowchart

))B9$/ 5287B,1 %.&$/B,1


 
5&$6B,1
5&$6 63B+,B/,0 287
63 63B5$7(B'1 ))B6&$/(
&$6B,1 63B/2B/,0
&$6 63B5$7(B83 ))B*$,1
63 5287 0$1
$872 2XWSXW
%<3$66 OLPLWV
21
 287
)LOWHU 287B+,B/,0
39 *$,1
,1 39B)7,0( 2)) 287B/2B/,0
5(6(7  5287B287
5$7(
%$/B7,0( 75$&.,1*
5&$6B287
21 $ODUP
%.&$/B287 
2)) +,/2
75.B6&$/(
&21752/B2376 +, '9B+,B/,0
39IRU%NFDOB2XW +,B+, B/,0 '9B+,B35,
/2 B35, '9B/2B/,0
/2B/2 '9B/2B35,
75.B9$/ 75.B,1B'

Inputs and outputs for connection


Other inputs and outputs
PV Process value
SP Setpoint
① Setpoint limitation
② Manipulated variable limits
③ PLC
④ Deviation alarm
⑤ Tracking active if Track Enable = applicable, TRK_IN_D = applicable, and status of TRK_VAL and TRK_IN_D = good
Figure C-2 Flowchart of PID function block

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 231
FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication
C.4 Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) Block

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


232 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Product documentation and support D
D.1 Product documentation
Process instrumentation product documentation is available in the following formats:
• Certificates (http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates)
• Downloads (firmware, EDDs, software) (http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/
downloads)
• Catalog and catalog sheets (http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/catalogs)
• Manuals (http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation)
You have the option to show, open, save, or configure the manual.
– "Display": Open the manual in HTML5 format
– "Configure": Register and configure the documentation specific to your plant
– "Download": Open or save the manual in PDF format
– "Download as html5, only PC": Open or save the manual in the HTML5 view on your PC
You can also find manuals with the Mobile app at Industry Online Support (https://
support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/de/sc/2067). Download the app to your mobile device
and scan the device QR code.

Product documentation by serial number


Using the PIA Life Cycle Portal, you can access the serial number-specific product information
including technical specifications, spare parts, calibration data, or factory certificates.

Entering a serial number


1. Open the PIA Life Cycle Portal (ttps://www.pia-portal.automation.siemens.com).
2. Select the desired language.
3. Enter the serial number of your device. The product documentation relevant for your device
is displayed and can be downloaded.
To display factory certificates, if available, log in to the PIA Life Cycle Portal using your login or
register.

Scanning a QR code
1. Scan the QR code on your device with a mobile device.
2. Click "PIA Portal".
To display factory certificates, if available, log in to the PIA Life Cycle Portal using your login or
register.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 233
Product documentation and support
D.2 Technical support

D.2 Technical support

Technical support
If this documentation does not completely answer your technical questions, you can enter a
Support Request (http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request).
Additional information on our technical support can be found at Technical Support (http://
www.siemens.com/automation/csi/service).

Service & support on the Internet


In addition to our technical support, Siemens offers comprehensive online services at Service &
Support (http://www.siemens.com/automation/serviceandsupport).

Contact
If you have further questions about the device, contact your local Siemens representative at
Personal Contact (http://www.automation.siemens.com/partner).
To find the contact for your product, go to "all products and branches" and select "Products &
Services > Industrial automation > Process instrumentation".
Contact address for business unit:
Siemens AG
Digital Industries
Process Automation
Östliche Rheinbrückenstr. 50
76187 Karlsruhe, Germany

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


234 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Sealing plug / thread adapter E
E.1 Intended use of accessory part
The sealing plug and the thread adapter (components) can be used for installation in electrical
equipment of flameproof" "Ex d" type of protection of groups IIA, IIB, IIC as well as dust protection
by enclosure "Ex t" type of protection.

E.2 Safety instructions for accessory part

WARNING
Incorrect assembly
• The component can be damaged or destroyed or its functionality impaired through
incorrect assembly.
– Mount the component using a suitable tool. Refer to the information in Chapter
"Technical specifications of accessory part (Page 236)", for example, torques for
installation.
• For "Explosion-proof Ex d" type of protection: To ensure an engagement depth of 8 mm, the
enclosure must have a wall thickness of at least 10 mm.
Improper modifications
Danger to personnel, system and environment can result from modifications and repairs of the
component, particularly in hazardous areas.
• Any modification which deviates from the delivery state is not permitted.
Loss of enclosure type of protection
IP protection is not guaranteed without sealant.
• Use a suitable thread sealant.
• If you are using the component in type of protection dust protection by enclosure "Ex t", use
the supplied sealing ring (①, figure in Chapter "Dimensional drawings for accessory part
(Page 237)").
Unsuitable fluids in the environment
Danger of injury or damage to device.
Aggressive media in the environment can damage the sealing ring. Type of protection and
device protection may no longer be guaranteed.
• Make sure that the sealing material is suitable for the area of use.

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 235
Sealing plug / thread adapter
E.3 Technical specifications of accessory part

Note
Loss of type of protection
Changes in the ambient conditions can loosen the component.
• As part of the recommended maintenance intervals: Check the compression fitting for tight
fit and tighten, if necessary.

E.3 Technical specifications of accessory part

Technical specifications sealing plug and thread adapter


Sealing plug suitable for types of protection Explosion-proof enclosure "db" of groups IIA, IIB, IIC
Dust protection by enclosure "ta"
Standard compliance The components meet Directive 2014/34/EU. They meet the requirements
of standards IEC/EN 60079-0; IEC/EN 60079-1; IEC/EN 60079-31.
Explosion protection
• Gas explosion protection II2G Ex db IIC Gb
• Dust explosion protection II1D Ex ta IIIC Da
Certificates IECEx TUN 13.0022 U
TÜV 13 ATEX 121710 U
Material for sealing plug / thread adapter Stainless steel
Material for seal AFM 30
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
For "Ex d" type of protection:
Required wall thickness for tappings 10 mm
Torque
• For thread size M20 x 1.5 40 Nm
• For thread size M25 x 1.5 55 Nm
• For thread size ½-14 NPT 95 Nm
Width A/F for thread size M20 x 1.5 27
Width A/F for thread size M25 x 1.5 30
Key size for thread size ½-14 NPT 10

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


236 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Sealing plug / thread adapter
E.4 Dimensional drawings for accessory part

E.4 Dimensional drawings for accessory part

Sealing plug Ex d, M20 x 1.5, dimensions in mm Sealing plug Ex d, M25 x 1.5, dimensions in mm

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 237
Sealing plug / thread adapter
E.4 Dimensional drawings for accessory part

① Sealing ring: Use for dust protection "Ex t" type of


protection.

Thread adapter Ex d, M25 x 1.5 on M20 x 1.5 and


M25 x 1.5 on ½-14 NPT, dimensions in mm

Sealing plug Ex d ½ -14 NPT

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


238 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Abbreviations F
Abbreviation In full Meaning
PED Pressure Equipment Directive
GSD General Station Description Electronically readable ASCII text file which contains both general and
device-specific parameters for communication and network configu‐
ration.
HART Highway Addressable Remote Transducer Standardized protocol for transmission of information between field
device and automation system.
LRL Lower Range Limit Lower end of the measuring range
LRV Lower Range Value Lower end of the set measuring span
MA Lower range value Lower end of the set measuring span
ME Upper range value Upper end of the set measuring span
MAWP Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (PS) Maximum permissible operating pressure
NFPA National Fire Protection Association US - American Fire Protection Organization
F&B Food and beverage industry
r Turndown Ratio of the set measuring span to the maximum set measuring span,
for example

S>EDU@
   
7XUQGRZQ 

Set measuring span: 0.4 bar


Maximum configured measuring span: 1 bar
URL Upper Range Limit Upper end of the measuring range
URV Upper Range Value Upper end of the set measuring span

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 239
Abbreviations

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


240 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Index
Disassembly, 63
DISPLAY TEST, 79
3 Document history, 13
Downloads, 233
3A, 217

E
A
Edit view, 80
ACTIVE GSD, 79
EHEDG, 217
Aluminum enclosure, 60
Electromagnetic compatibility, 194, 195, 196, 197
Ambient temperature, 193, 194, 196, 197
EMC, 194, 195, 196, 197
Effect, 177, 187
Application, 101
APPLICATION, 78
Approval
F
3A, 217 FEATURES, 227
EHEDG, 217 Filling liquid, 31, 35, 37
Flange, 48
FLAT, 108
B Function chart, 33
FW VERSION, 79
Blowout valve, 89
Blowout valves, 91
Bridge output voltage, 31, 36, 37
BUTTON LOCK, 79
G
GSD SELECT, 79

C
Cable gland
H
Installing, 58 HALF, 108
Catalog Hazardous area
catalog sheets, 233 Laws and directives, 17
Certificates, 17, 233 Qualified personnel, 19
CHG USER PIN, 79 Hotline, (Refer to Support request)
Cleaning, 144 Hygienic version
CONFIG COUNT, 79 Install, 47
CONIC, 108
CUSTM, 108
Customer Support, (Refer to Technical support) I
CYLIN, 108
Identification data
define, 131
In accordance with the square root function
D see square-root extraction, 104
DAMPING, 78 Install
Device plug Remote seal, 51
Installing, 58 Insulation, 45
Diagnostic messages, 153 internal overvoltage protection up to 6 kV, 204
Differential pressure, 24
Direct sunlight, 42

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 241
Index

Output signal, 23, 29

J
Jumper, 61, (See Jumper)
P
PARAB, 108
PARAE, 108
L Parameter view, 78
PIN RECOVERY, 79
Laws and directives
Position of the enclosure, 60
Disassembly, 17
PRESS, 108
Personel, 17
PRESS UNITS, 78
Layout of nameplate with general information, 26
PRESSURE REF, 79
Level, 24
Pressure reference, 97
LEVEL, 108
Pressure units, 97
LEVEL UNITS, 78
LOW FLOW CUT, 79
Low flow cut-off, 104, 117
LOW IN SCALE, 78
Q
LOWER SCALNG, 79 QR code, 26
Qualified personnel, 19

M
Maintenance, 143
R
Manuals, 233 Recovery ID, 121
MAWP, 239 RECOVERY ID, 79
Measurement view, 76 Remote seal
Measuring cell Install, 51
Absolute pressure, 33 Maintenance, 144
Differential pressure and flow, 36 RESET, 79
Gauge pressure, 31 Return procedure, 149
Level, 37
Measuring point, 28
MFLOW UNITS, 78 S
Modifications
Scope of delivery, 14
correct usage, 18
Sealing plug
improper, 18
Technical specifications, 236
Mounting bracket
Sealing plugs
Install, 45
Installing, 58
Mounting flange, 37
Sensor calibration, 135
MSLN, 108
Serial number, 27
MSLN2, 108
Service, 234
MSOFF, 108
Service and support
MWP, (See MAWP)
Internet, 234
Shut-off valve, 90, 91, 93, 95
SLAVE ADDR, 79
N SPHER, 108
Nameplate, 26 SQRT POINT, 78
Square root function
Hold at 0, square root, 104
O Linear, square root, 104
Two step linear, square root, 104
Order supplement, 26

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


242 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB
Index

Stabilizing valve, 91, 92, 93, 95


Stainless steel enclosure, 61
START VIEW, 79 Z
Startup parameters, 128
ZERO POINT, 78
Structure, 25
Support, 234
Support request, 234

T
Tank connection, 221
Technical support, 234
partner, 234
personal contact, 234
TEMP UNITS, 78
Test certificates, 17
Threaded adapter
Technical specifications, 236
Torque, 236
Torques, 203
Transfer function, (See Application)
Turndown, 239

U
UP IN SCALE, 78
UPPER SCALNG, 79
User PIN, 123
Factory setting, 120
USER PIN, 79

V
Vent valve, 93, 95
VESSEL DIM A, 79
VESSEL DIM L, 79
VFLOW UNITS, 78
VLIN, 108
VOL UNITS, 78
VSLN, 108
VSLN2, 108
VSOFF, 108

W
Warranty, 15
Write protection, 81, 82
Jumper, 82

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB 243
Index

SITRANS P320/P420 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus


244 Operating Instructions, 09/2021, A5E50228627-AB

You might also like